Asus A8V-E User Manual
Motherboard A8V-E D elux e
ii ii ii ii ii Copyright é 2004 ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. (âÂÂASUSâÂÂ). Product warranty or service will not be extended if: (1) the product is repaired, modified or altered, unless such repair , modification of alteration is authorized in writing by ASUS; or (2) the serial number of the product is defaced or missing. ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL âÂÂAS ISâ WITHOUT W ARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANT ABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A P ARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS DIRECT ORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT , SPECIAL, INCIDENT AL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DA T A, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE), EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT . SPECIFICA TIONS AND INFORMA TION CONT AINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMA TIONAL USE ONL Y , AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE A T ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THA T MA Y APPEAR IN THIS MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTW ARE DESCRIBED IN IT . Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identification or explanation and to the ownersâ benefit, without intent to infringe. E1781 E1781 E1781 E1781 E1781 First Edition First Edition First Edition First Edition First Edition December 2004 December 2004 December 2004 December 2004 December 2004
iii iii iii iii iii Contents Notices ............................................................................................... vii Safety information ............................................................................ viii About this guide ................................................................................. ix How this guide is organized .................................................... ix Where to find more information .............................................. ix Conventions used in this guide ................................................ x Typography .......................................................................................... x A8V-E Deluxe specifications summary ............................................... xi Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.1 Welcome! .............................................................................. 1-1 1.2 Package contents ................................................................. 1-1 1.3 Special features .................................................................... 1-2 1.3.1 Product highlights ................................................... 1-2 1.3.2 ASUS Proactive features ........................................ 1-4 1.3.3 Innovative ASUS features ....................................... 1-5 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.1 Before you proceed .............................................................. 2-1 2.2 Motherboard overview .......................................................... 2-2 2.2.1 Placement direction ................................................ 2-2 2.2.2 Screw holes ............................................................ 2-2 2.2.3 Motherboard layout ................................................ 2-3 2.2.4 Layout Contents ..................................................... 2-4 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) .............................................. 2-6 2.3.1 Overview ................................................................. 2-6 2.3.2 Installling the CPU ................................................... 2-6 2.3.3 Installing the heatsink and fan ................................ 2-8 2.4 System memory ................................................................. 2-10 2.4.1 Overview ............................................................... 2-10 2.4.2 Memory Configurations ......................................... 2-11 2.4.3 Installing a DIMM ................................................... 2-13 2.4.4 Removing a DIMM ................................................. 2-13 2.5 Expansion slots ................................................................... 2-14 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card .................................. 2-14 2.5.2 Configuring an expansion card .............................. 2-14
iv iv iv iv iv Contents 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments .......................................... 2-17 2.5.4 PCI slots ................................................................ 2-18 2.5.5 PCI Express x16 slot ............................................. 2-18 2.5.6 PCI Express x1 slot ............................................... 2-18 2.6 Jumpers .............................................................................. 2-19 2.7 Connectors ......................................................................... 2-22 2.7.1 Rear panel connectors .......................................... 2-22 2.7.2 Internal connectors ............................................... 2-24 Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up 3.1 Starting up for the first time ................................................ 3-1 3.2 Powering off the computer .................................................. 3-2 3.2.1 Using the OS shut down function ........................... 3-2 3.2.2 Using the dual function power switch .................... 3-2 3.3 ASUS POST Reporter⢠.......................................................... 3-3 3.3.1 Vocal POST messages ............................................ 3-3 3.3.2 Winbond Voice Editor ............................................. 3-5 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ........................................ 4-1 4.1.1 Creating a bootable floppy disk .............................. 4-1 4.1.2 Updating the BIOS .................................................. 4-2 4.1.3 Saving the current BIOS file .................................... 4-4 4.1.4 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ................................ 4-5 4.1.5 ASUS EZ Flash utility .............................................. 4-7 4.1.6 ASUS Update utility ................................................ 4-8 4.2 BIOS setup program ........................................................... 4-11 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen ................................................. 4-12 4.2.2 Menu bar ............................................................... 4-12 4.2.3 Legend bar ........................................................... 4-13 4.2.4 Menu items ........................................................... 4-13 4.2.5 Sub-menu items ................................................... 4-13 4.2.6 Configuration fields .............................................. 4-13 4.2.8 General help .......................................................... 4-14 4.2.7 Pop-up window ..................................................... 4-14
v v v v v Contents 4.3 Main menu .......................................................................... 4-15 4.3.1 System Time ......................................................... 4-15 4.3.2 System Date ......................................................... 4-15 4.3.3 Language .............................................................. 4-15 4.3.4 Legacy Diskette A ................................................ 4-15 4.3.5 Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave ............. 4-16 4.3.6 Installed Memory .................................................. 4-17 4.4 Advanced menu .................................................................. 4-18 4.4.1 CPU Configuration ................................................. 4-18 4.4.2 Chipset ................................................................. 4-19 4.4.3 PCI PnP ................................................................. 4-21 4.4.4 Onboard Devices Configuration ............................ 4-23 4.4.5 USB Configuration ................................................. 4-25 4.4.6 JumperFree Configuration .................................... 4-26 4.4.7 LAN Cable Status ................................................. 4-30 4.4.8 PEG Link Mode ...................................................... 4-30 4.4.9 Speech Configuration ........................................... 4-31 4.4.10 Instant Music ........................................................ 4-32 4.5 Power menu ........................................................................ 4-33 4.5.1 ACPI Suspend Type ............................................... 4-33 4.5.2 ACPI APIC Support ................................................ 4-33 4.5.3 APM Configuration ................................................ 4-34 4.5.4 Hardware Monitor ................................................. 4-36 4.6 Boot menu .......................................................................... 4-37 4.6.1 Boot Device Priority .............................................. 4-38 4.6.2 Removable Drives ................................................. 4-38 4.6.3 Hard Disk Drives ................................................... 4-39 4.6.4 CDROM Drives ....................................................... 4-39 4.6.5 Boot Settings Configuration ................................. 4-40 4.6.6 Security ................................................................ 4-42 4.7 Exit menu ........................................................................... 4-44 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.1 Installing an operating system ............................................. 5-1 5.2 Support CD information ........................................................ 5-1
vi vi vi vi vi 5.2.1 Running the support CD ......................................... 5-1 5.2.2 Drivers menu .......................................................... 5-2 5.2.3 Utilities menu .......................................................... 5-4 5.2.4 ASUS Contact information ...................................... 5-6 5.2.5 Other information ................................................... 5-6 5.3 Software information ........................................................... 5-9 5.3.1 ASUS MyLogo2⢠.................................................... 5-9 5.3.2 AI NET 2 ............................................................... 5-11 Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠........................... 5-11 5.3.3 Audio configurations ............................................ 5-12 5.4 RAID configurations ............................................................ 5-18 5.4.1 Installing hard disks .............................................. 5-18 5.4.2 VIA RAID configurations ....................................... 5-19 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk ................................................. 5-26 5.6 Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology ............................................... 5-27 5.6.1 Enabling Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology ................... 5-27 5.6.2 Launching the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠software .............. 5-28 Contents
vii vii vii vii vii Notices Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: ⢠This device may not cause harmful interference, and ⢠This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with manufacturerâÂÂs instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: ⢠Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. ⢠Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. ⢠Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. ⢠Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications. This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. ICES-003. ICES-003. ICES-003. ICES-003. The use of shielded cables for connection of the monitor to the graphics card is required to assure compliance with FCC regulations. Changes or modifications to this unit not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the userâÂÂs authority to operate this equipment.
viii viii viii viii viii Safety information Electrical safety Electrical safety Electrical safety Electrical safety Electrical safety ⢠To prevent electrical shock hazard, disconnect the power cable from the electrical outlet before relocating the system. ⢠When adding or removing devices to or from the system, ensure that the power cables for the devices are unplugged before the signal cables are connected. If possible, disconnect all power cables from the existing system before you add a device. ⢠Before connecting or removing signal cables from the motherboard, ensure that all power cables are unplugged. ⢠Seek professional assistance before using an adapter or extension cord. These devices could interrupt the grounding circuit. ⢠Make sure that your power supply is set to the correct voltage in your area. If you are not sure about the voltage of the electrical outlet you are using, contact your local power company. ⢠If the power supply is broken, do not try to fix it by yourself. Contact a qualified service technician or your retailer. Operation safety Operation safety Operation safety Operation safety Operation safety ⢠Before installing the motherboard and adding devices on it, carefully read all the manuals that came with the package. ⢠Before using the product, make sure all cables are correctly connected and the power cables are not damaged. If you detect any damage, contact your dealer immediately. ⢠To avoid short circuits, keep paper clips, screws, and staples away from connectors, slots, sockets and circuitry. ⢠Avoid dust, humidity, and temperature extremes. Do not place the product in any area where it may become wet. ⢠Place the product on a stable surface. ⢠If you encounter technical problems with the product, contact a qualified service technician or your retailer.
ix ix ix ix ix About this guide This user guide contains the information you need when installing and configuring the motherboard. How this guide is organized How this guide is organized How this guide is organized How this guide is organized How this guide is organized This manual contains the following parts: ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction This chapter describes the features of the motherboard and the new technology it supports. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the switches, jumpers, and connectors on the motherboard. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up This chapter describes the power up sequence, the vocal POST messages, and ways of shutting down the system. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package. Where to find more information Where to find more information Where to find more information Where to find more information Where to find more information Refer to the following sources for additional information and for product and software updates. 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. ASUS websites ASUS websites ASUS websites ASUS websites ASUS websites The ASUS website provides updated information on ASUS hardware and software products. Refer to the ASUS contact information. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. Optional documentation Optional documentation Optional documentation Optional documentation Optional documentation Your product package may include optional documentation, such as warranty flyers, that may have been added by your dealer. These documents are not part of the standard package.
x x x x x Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide To make sure that you perform certain tasks properly, take note of the following symbols used throughout this manual. Typography DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: Information to prevent injury to yourself when trying to complete a task. CAUTION: CAUTION: CAUTION: CAUTION: CAUTION: Information to prevent damage to the components when trying to complete a task. NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: Tips and additional information to help you complete a task. IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: Instructions that you MUST follow to complete a task. Bold text Bold text Bold text Bold text Bold text Indicates a menu or an item to select Italics Used to emphasize a word or a phrase <Key> Keys enclosed in the less-than and greater-than sign means that you must press the enclosed key Example: <Enter> means that you must press the Enter or Return key <Key1 Key2 Key3> If you must press two or more keys simultaneously, the key names are linked with a plus sign ( ) Example: <Ctrl Alt D> Command Means that you must type the command exactly as shown, then supply the required item or value enclosed in brackets Example: At the DOS prompt, type the command line: afudos /i[filename] afudos /iA8V-E.ROM
xi xi xi xi xi A8V-E Deluxe specifications summary (continued on the next page) CPU CPU CPU CPU CPU Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset System Bus System Bus System Bus System Bus System Bus Memory Memory Memory Memory Memory Expansion slots Expansion slots Expansion slots Expansion slots Expansion slots Storage Storage Storage Storage Storage AI Audio AI Audio AI Audio AI Audio AI Audio Wireless LAN Wireless LAN Wireless LAN Wireless LAN Wireless LAN LAN LAN LAN LAN LAN IEEE 1394 IEEE 1394 IEEE 1394 IEEE 1394 IEEE 1394 USB USB USB USB USB Socket 939 for AMD Athlon⢠64FX/AMD Athlon⢠64 processor Supports AMD 64 architecture that enables simultaneous 32-bit and 64-bit architecture Supports AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet! Technology Northbridge: VIA î K8T890 Southbridge: VIA î VT8237R 2000 MT/s Dual-channel memory architecture 4 x 184-pin DIMM sockets support ECC/non-ECC unbufferred 400/333/266 MHz DDR memory modules Supports up to 4 GB system memory 1 x PCI Express x16 slot for discrete graphics card 2 x PCI Express x1 slots 3 x PCI slots VIA î VT8237R Southbridge supports: -2 x Ultra DMA 133/100/66/33 -2 x Serial ATA with RAID 0 and RAID 1 Realtek î ALC850 8-channel CODEC 1 x Coaxial S/PDIF out port 1 x Optical S/PDIF out port Supports Audio Sensing and Enumeration Technology WiFi-g⢠wireless solution provides: - support for IEEE 802.11g/b standard - up to 54Mbps wireless data transmission - Software Access Point (Soft AP) feature on Windows î XP and 2003 Server Marvell î 88E8053 PCI Express⢠Gigabit LAN controller Supports Marvell î Virtual Cable Tester technology Supports POST Network-diagnostic program T1 TSB43AB22A 1394a controller supports: - 1 x IEEE 1394 internal connector - 1 x IEEE 1394 port Supports up to 8 USB 2.0 ports
xii xii xii xii xii A8V-E Deluxe specifications summary AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking Special features Special features Special features Special features Special features BIOS features BIOS features BIOS features BIOS features BIOS features Rear panel Rear panel Rear panel Rear panel Rear panel Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal connectors connectors connectors connectors connectors ASUS AI Overclocking (Intelligent CPU frequency tuner) ASUS C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) ASUS JumperFree CPU, Memory, and chipset voltage adjustable Stepless Frequency Selection(SFS) from 200 MHz up to 400 MHz at 1 MHz increment ASUS Wi-Fi@HOME ASUS Post Reporter⢠ASUS Q-Fan2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS Multi-language BIOS ASUS MyLogo2 ASUS Instant Music 4 MB Flash ROM, Phoenix-Award BIOS, PnP, DMI2.0, WfM2.0, SM BIOS 2.3 1 x Parallel port 1 x IEEE 1394 port 1 x LAN (RJ-45) port 1 x WiFi-g⢠antenna port 1 x Wireless LAN LED 4 x USB 2.0 ports 1 x Optical S/PDIF out port 1 x Coaxial S/PDIF out port 1 x PS/2 keyboard port 1 x PS/2 mouse port 8-channel audio port 1 x Floppy disk drive connector 2 x IDE connectors 2 x Serial ATA connectors 1 x CPU fan connector 1 x Power fan connector 2 x Chassis fan connector 1 x Serial port connector (COM port) 1 x 24-pin ATX power connector 1 x 4-pin ATX 12 V power connector 2 x USB 2.0 connectors for 4 additional USB 2.0 ports 1 x Internal audio connectors 1 x IEEE 1394 connector 1 x GAME/MIDI connector 1 x Chassis intrusion connector 1 x Front panel audio connector System panel connector (continued on the next page)
xiii xiii xiii xiii xiii A8V-E Deluxe specifications summary Power Power Power Power Power Requirement Requirement Requirement Requirement Requirement Form Factor Form Factor Form Factor Form Factor Form Factor Support CD Support CD Support CD Support CD Support CD contents contents contents contents contents ATX power supply (with 24-pin and 4-pin 12 V plugs) ATX 12 V 2.0 compliant ATX form factor: 12 in x 9.6 in (30.5 cm x 24.4 cm) Device drivers ASUS PC Probe ASUS Live Update Utility Antivirus software (OEM version) WiFi-g⢠One-touch wizard *Specifications are subject to change without notice.
xiv xiv xiv xiv xiv
1 Product introduction This chapter describes the motherboard features and the new technologies it supports.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe Chapter summary 1.1 Welcome! .............................................................................. 1-1 1.2 Package contents ................................................................. 1-1 1.3 Special features .................................................................... 1-2
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1.1 Welcome! Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS î î î î î A8V-E Deluxe motherboard! A8V-E Deluxe motherboard! A8V-E Deluxe motherboard! A8V-E Deluxe motherboard! A8V-E Deluxe motherboard! The motherboard delivers a host of new features and latest technologies, making it another standout in the long line of ASUS quality motherboards! Before you start installing the motherboard, and hardware devices on it, check the items in your package with the list below. If any of the above items is damaged or missing, contact your retailer. 1.2 Package contents Check your motherboard package for the following items. Motherboard Motherboard Motherboard Motherboard Motherboard ASUS A8V-E Deluxe motherboard I/O modules I/O modules I/O modules I/O modules I/O modules IEEE1394 (1 port) module Serial port module (COM port) USB 2.0 (2 ports) and GAME (1 port) module Cables Cables Cables Cables Cables 2 x Serial ATA signal cables 1 x Serial ATA power cables (dual plugs) 2 x Ultra DMA/133 cables 40-conductor IDE cable Floppy disk drive cable Accessories Accessories Accessories Accessories Accessories Dipolar wireless LAN antenna I/O shield Application CDs Application CDs Application CDs Application CDs Application CDs ASUS motherboard support CD InterVideo î WinDVD Suite î Documentation Documentation Documentation Documentation Documentation User guide
1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.3 Special features 1.3.1 1.3.1 1.3.1 1.3.1 1.3.1 Product highlights Product highlights Product highlights Product highlights Product highlights Latest processor technology Latest processor technology Latest processor technology Latest processor technology Latest processor technology The AMD Athlon⢠64FX and Athlon⢠64 desktop processors are based on AMDâÂÂs 64-bit and 32-bit architecture, which represents the landmark introduction of the industryâÂÂs first x86-64 technology. These processors provide a dramatic leap forward in compatibility, performance, investment protection, and reduced total cost of ownership and development. See page 2-6. HyperTransport⢠Technology HyperTransport⢠Technology HyperTransport⢠Technology HyperTransport⢠Technology HyperTransport⢠Technology HyperTransport⢠Technology is a high-speed, low latency, point-to-point link designed to increase the communication speed between integrated circuits in computers, networking and telecommunicatons equipment up to 48 times faster than other existing technologies. AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology The motherboard supports the AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology that dynamically and automatically changes the CPU speed, voltage and amount of power depending on the task the CPU performs. See pages 4-18 and 5-27 for details. Dual Channel DDR memory support Dual Channel DDR memory support Dual Channel DDR memory support Dual Channel DDR memory support Dual Channel DDR memory support Employing the Double Data Rate (DDR) memory technology, the motherboard supports up to 4GB of system memory using DDR400/333/ 266 DIMMs. The ultra-fast 400MHz memory bus delivers the required bandwidth for the latest 3D graphics, multimedia, and Internet applications. See page 2-10. Serial ATA technology with RAID 0/1 support Serial ATA technology with RAID 0/1 support Serial ATA technology with RAID 0/1 support Serial ATA technology with RAID 0/1 support Serial ATA technology with RAID 0/1 support The motherboard supports the Serial ATA technology through the Serial ATA interfaces. The SATA specification allows for thinner, more flexible cables with lower pin count, reduced voltage requirement, and up to 150 MB/s data transfer rate. With the VIA VT8237R RAID controller onboard, the motherboard supports RAID 0 and RAID 1 configuration using Serial ATA hard disk drives. See pages 2-25 and 5-18 for details.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 PCI Express⢠interface PCI Express⢠interface PCI Express⢠interface PCI Express⢠interface PCI Express⢠interface The motherboard fully supports PCI Express, the latest I/O interconnect technology that speeds up the PCI bus. PCI Express features point-to-point serial interconnections between devices and allows higher clockspeeds by carrying data in packets. This high speed interface is software compatible with existing PCI specifications. See page 2-1 8 for details. AI Audio technology AI Audio technology AI Audio technology AI Audio technology AI Audio technology The motherboard supports 8-channel audio through the onboard ALC850 CODEC with 16-bit DAC, a stereo 16-bit ADC, and an AC97 2.3 compatible multi-channel audio designed for PC multimedia systems. It also provides Jack-Sensing function, S/PDIF out support, interrupt capability and includes the Realtek î proprietary UAJ î (Universal Audio Jack) technology. See pages 2-22, 2-23 and 5-12 for details. S/PDIF digital sound ready S/PDIF digital sound ready S/PDIF digital sound ready S/PDIF digital sound ready S/PDIF digital sound ready The motherboard supports the S/PDIF In/Out function through the S/PDIF interfaces on the rear panel and at midboard. The S/PDIF technology turns your computer into a high-end entertainment system with digital connectivity to powerful audio and speaker systems. See page 2-23 for details. IEEE 1394a support IEEE 1394a support IEEE 1394a support IEEE 1394a support IEEE 1394a support The IEEE 1394a interface provides high-speed and flexible PC connectivity to a wide range of peripherals and devices compliant to the IEEE 1394a standard. The IEEE 1394a interface allows up to 400 Mbps transfer rates through simple, low-cost, high-bandwidth asynchronous (real-time) data interfacing between computers, peripherals, and consumer electronic devices such as camcorders, VCRs, printers, TVs, and digital cameras. See pages 2-22 and 2-30 for details. USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology The motherboard implements the Universal Serial Bus (USB) 2.0 specification, dramatically increasing the connection speed from the 12 Mbps bandwidth on USB 1.1 to a fast 480 Mbps on USB 2.0. USB 2.0 is backward compatible with USB 1.1. See pages 2-23, 2-27 and 4-25 for details.
1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.3.2 1.3.2 1.3.2 1.3.2 1.3.2 ASUS Proactive features ASUS Proactive features ASUS Proactive features ASUS Proactive features ASUS Proactive features ASUS WiFi-g⢠ASUS WiFi-g⢠ASUS WiFi-g⢠ASUS WiFi-g⢠ASUS WiFi-g⢠ASUS WiFi-g⢠is an IEEE 802.11g-compliant wireless LAN adapter that allows data transmission of up to 54 Mbps using the 2.4 GHz frequency band. ASUS provides full software application support and a user-friendly wizard to help you set up your wireless local area network effortlessly. The ASUS WiFi-g⢠is backward compatible with IEEE 802.11b devices. See page 2-23. AI NOS⢠(Non-Delay Overclocking System) AI NOS⢠(Non-Delay Overclocking System) AI NOS⢠(Non-Delay Overclocking System) AI NOS⢠(Non-Delay Overclocking System) AI NOS⢠(Non-Delay Overclocking System) ASUS Non-delay Overclocking System⢠(NOS) is a technology that auto-detects the CPU loading and dynamically overclocks the CPU speed only when needed. See page 4-26 for details. AI NET 2 AI NET 2 AI NET 2 AI NET 2 AI NET 2 AI NET 2 is a BIOS-based diagnostic tool that detects and reports Ethernet cable faults and shorts. With this utility, you can easily monitor the condition of the Ethernet cable(s) connected to the LAN (RJ-45) port(s). During the bootup process, AI NET 2 immediately diagnoses the LAN cable(s) and reports shorts and faults up to 100 meters at 1 meter accuracy. See pages 4-30 and 5-11 for details. Temperature, fan, and voltage monitoring Temperature, fan, and voltage monitoring Temperature, fan, and voltage monitoring Temperature, fan, and voltage monitoring Temperature, fan, and voltage monitoring The CPU temperature is monitored by the ASIC (integrated in the Winbond Super I/O) to prevent overheating and damage. The system fan rotations per minute (RPM) is monitored for timely failure detection. The ASIC monitors the voltage levels to ensure stable supply of current for critical components. See section âÂÂ4.5.4 Hardware Monitorâ on page 4-36.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5 1.3.3 1.3.3 1.3.3 1.3.3 1.3.3 Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features Precision Tweaker Precision Tweaker Precision Tweaker Precision Tweaker Precision Tweaker Designed for overclocking aficionados, this feature allows you to gradually increase the CPU and memory voltage to achieve maximum system performance. PEG Link mode PEG Link mode PEG Link mode PEG Link mode PEG Link mode This feature allows you to adjust the PCI Express graphics frequency according to your system configuration for optimized graphics performance. CrashFree BIOS 2 CrashFree BIOS 2 CrashFree BIOS 2 CrashFree BIOS 2 CrashFree BIOS 2 This feature allows you to restore the original BIOS data from the support CD in case when the BIOS codes and data are corrupted. This protection eliminates the need to buy a replacement ROM chip. See details on page 4-5. ASUS Q-Fan 2 technology ASUS Q-Fan 2 technology ASUS Q-Fan 2 technology ASUS Q-Fan 2 technology ASUS Q-Fan 2 technology The ASUS Q-Fan 2 technology smartly adjusts the fan speeds according to the system loading to ensure quiet, cool, and efficient operation. See page 4-36 for details. ASUS POST Reporter⢠ASUS POST Reporter⢠ASUS POST Reporter⢠ASUS POST Reporter⢠ASUS POST Reporter⢠The motherboard offers a new exciting feature called the ASUS POST Reporter⢠to provide friendly voice messages and alerts during the Power-On Self-Tests (POST) informing you of the system boot status and causes of boot errors, if any. The bundled Winbond Voice Editor software lets you to customize the voice messages in different languages. See page 3-3 for details. ASUS Multi-language BIOS ASUS Multi-language BIOS ASUS Multi-language BIOS ASUS Multi-language BIOS ASUS Multi-language BIOS The multi-language BIOS allows you to select the language of your choice from the available options. The localized BIOS menus allow you to configure easier and faster. See page 4-15 for details.
1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠This new feature present in the motherboard allows you to personalize and add style to your system with customizable boot logos. See page 5-9 for details. ASUS Instant Music ASUS Instant Music ASUS Instant Music ASUS Instant Music ASUS Instant Music This unique feature allows you to playback audio files even without booting the system to Windowsâ¢. Just press the ASUS Instant Music special function keys and enjoy the music! See page 4-32 for details.
2 Hardware information This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the jumpers and connectors on the motherboard.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe Chapter summary 2.1 Before you proceed .............................................................. 2-1 2.2 Motherboard overview .......................................................... 2-2 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) .............................................. 2-6 2.4 System memory ................................................................. 2-10 2.5 Expansion slots ................................................................... 2-14 2.6 Jumpers .............................................................................. 2-19 2.7 Connectors ......................................................................... 2-22
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 Onboard LED Onboard LED Onboard LED Onboard LED Onboard LED The motherboard comes with a standby power LED that lights up to indicate that the system is ON, in sleep mode, or in soft-off mode. This is a reminder that you should shut down the system and unplug the power cable before removing or plugging in any motherboard component. The illustration below shows the location of the onboard LED. 2.1 Before you proceed Take note of the following precautions before you install motherboard components or change any motherboard settings. ⢠Unplug the power cord from the wall socket before touching any component. ⢠Use a grounded wrist strap or touch a safely grounded object or to a metal object, such as the power supply case, before handling components to avoid damaging them due to static electricity ⢠Hold components by the edges to avoid touching the ICs on them. ⢠Whenever you uninstall any component, place it on a grounded antistatic pad or in the bag that came with the component. ⢠Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. Failure to do so may cause severe damage to the motherboard, peripherals, and/or components. A8V-E DELUXE î A8V -E DELUXE Onboard LED SB_PWR ON Standby Power OFF Powered Off
2-2 2-2 2-2 2-2 2-2 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information A8V -E DELUXE î 2.2 Motherboard overview Before you install the motherboard, study the configuration of your chassis to ensure that the motherboard fits into it. Make sure to unplug the power cord before installing or removing the motherboard. Failure to do so can cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components. Do not overtighten the screws! Doing so can damage the motherboard. 2.2.1 2.2.1 2.2.1 2.2.1 2.2.1 Placement direction Placement direction Placement direction Placement direction Placement direction When installing the motherboard, make sure that you place it into the chassis in the correct orientation. The edge with external ports goes to the rear part of the chassis as indicated in the image below. 2.2.2 2.2.2 2.2.2 2.2.2 2.2.2 Screw holes Screw holes Screw holes Screw holes Screw holes Place nine (9) screws into the holes indicated by circles to secure the motherboard to the chassis. Place this side towards Place this side towards Place this side towards Place this side towards Place this side towards the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-3 2.2.3 2.2.3 2.2.3 2.2.3 2.2.3 Motherboard layout Motherboard layout Motherboard layout Motherboard layout Motherboard layout Bottom:Mic In Center:Line Out T op:Line In P ARALLEL PORT MS1 KB1 SPDIF_O SPDIF_O2 WL_LED WL_ANT Below: Center/Subwoofer Center: Side Speaker Out T op:Rear Speaker Out P ANEL A8V -E DELUXE R CR2032 3V Lithium Cell CMOS Power CD AUX PCI1 FP_AUDIO GAME CHASSIS CLRTC PRI_IDE SEC_IDE EA TXPWR VIA VT8237R COM1 USB56 USBPW56 USBPW78 24.5cm (9.6in) 30.5cm (12.0in) S ATA 1 VIA K8T890 USB78 CPU_F AN Socket 939 DDR DIMM_B1 (64 bit,184-pin module) DDR DIMM_A1 (64 bit,184-pin module) DDR DIMM_A2 (64 bit,184-pin module) DDR DIMM_B2 (64 bit,184-pin module) CHA_F AN2 LAN_USB34 F_USB12 PCI2 PCI3 PCIEX1_1 PCIEX1_2 PCIEX16 SPDIF SB_PWR IE_1394_2 S ATA 2 PWR_F AN CHA_F AN1 KBPWR USBPW12 USBPW34 A TX12V FLOPPY Super I/O ALC850 TI TSB43AB22A 4Mb BIOS Speech Controller Marvell 88W8310 88W8000G Marvell 88E8053
2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.2.4 2.2.4 2.2.4 2.2.4 2.2.4 Layout Contents Layout Contents Layout Contents Layout Contents Layout Contents Slots Slots Slots Slots Slots Page Page Page Page Page 1. DDR DIMM slots 2-11 2. PCI slots 2-18 3. PCI Express x16 slot 2-18 4. PCI Express x1 slot 2-18 Jumpers Jumpers Jumpers Jumpers Jumpers Page Page Page Page Page 1. Clear RTC RAM (3-pin CLRTC) 2-19 2. USB Device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USBPW56, USBPW78) 2-19 3. Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR) 2-19 Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Page Page Page Page Page 1. Parallel port 2-22 2. IEEE 1394 port 2-22 3. RJ-45 port 2-22 4. Rear Speaker Out port (gray) 2-22 5. Side Speaker Out port (black) 2-22 6. Line In port (light blue) 2-22 7. Line Out port (lime) 2-22 8. WiFi-g⢠antenna port 2-23 9. Wireless LAN data transmission LED 2-23 10. Microphone port (pink) 2-23 11. Center/Subwoofer port (yellow orange) 2-23 12. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4 2-23 13. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2 2-23 14. Optical S/PDIF out port 2-23 15. Coaxial S/PDIF out port 2-23 16. PS/2 keyboard port (purple) 2-23 17. PS/2 mouse port (green) 2-23
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Page Page Page Page Page 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) 2-24 2. Primary IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE) 2-24 3. Secondary IDE connector (40-1 pin SEC_IDE) 2-24 4. Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2) 2-25 5. CPU fan connector (4-pin CPU_FAN) 2-26 6. Power fan connector (3-pin CHIP_FAN) 2-26 7. Chassis fan connector (3-pin CHA_FAN1) 2-26 8. Chassis fan 2 connector (3-pin CHA_FAN2) 2-26 9. Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) 2-27 10. USB headers (10-1 USB56, USB78) 2-27 11. ATX power connector (24-pin EATXPWR) 2-28 12. ATX 12V power connector (4-pin ATX12V) 2-28 13. Internal audio connector (4-pin CD, AUX) 2-29 14. GAME/MIDI connector (16-1 pin GAME) 2-29 15. Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) 2-30 16. IEEE 1394 connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) 2-30 17. Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin F_PANEL) 2-31 18. Digital audio connector (4-pin SPDIF) 2-31 19. System panel connectors (20-1 pin PANEL) 2-32 - System Power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) - Hard Disk activity (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) - System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) - Power/Soft-off button(Yellow 2-pin PWR) - Reset switch (Blue 2-pin RESET)
2-6 2-6 2-6 2-6 2-6 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.3.2 2.3.2 2.3.2 2.3.2 2.3.2 Installling the CPU Installling the CPU Installling the CPU Installling the CPU Installling the CPU To install a CPU: 1. Locate the CPU socket on the motherboard. Before installing the CPU, make sure that the socket box is facing towards you and the load lever is on your left. 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) 2.3.1 2.3.1 2.3.1 2.3.1 2.3.1 Overview Overview Overview Overview Overview The motherboard comes with a surface mount 939-pin Zero Insertion Force (ZIF) socket designed for the AMD Athlon⢠64FX or AMD Athlon 64⢠processor. The 128-bit-wide data paths of these processors can run applications faster than processors with only 32-bit or 64-bit wide data paths. Take note of the marked corner (with gold triangle) on the CPU. This mark should match a specific corner on the socket to ensure correct installation. Gold triangle A8V-E DELUXE î A8V -E DELUXE CPU Socket 939
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 2-7 2-7 2-7 2-7 2-7 3. Position the CPU above the socket such that the CPU corner with the gold triangle matches the socket corner with a small triangle. 4. Carefully insert the CPU into the socket until it fits in place. 2. Unlock the socket by pressing the lever sideways, then lift it up to a 90 ð -100 ð angle. Make sure that the socket lever is lifted up to 90 ð -100 ð angle, otherwise the CPU does not fit in completely. The CPU fits only in one correct orientation. DO NOT force the CPU into the socket to prevent bending the pins and damaging the CPU! 5. When the CPU is in place, push down the socket lever to secure the CPU. The lever clicks on the side tab to indicate that it is locked. Gold triangle Gold triangle Gold triangle Gold triangle Gold triangle Small triangle Small triangle Small triangle Small triangle Small triangle Socket Lever Socket Lever Socket Lever Socket Lever Socket Lever
2-8 2-8 2-8 2-8 2-8 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.3.3 2.3.3 2.3.3 2.3.3 2.3.3 Installing the heatsink and fan Installing the heatsink and fan Installing the heatsink and fan Installing the heatsink and fan Installing the heatsink and fan The AMD Athlon⢠64FX or AMD Athlon 64⢠processor require a specially designed heatsink and fan assembly to ensure optimum thermal condition and performance. Follow these steps to install the CPU heatsink and fan. 1. Place the heatsink on top of the installed CPU, making sure that the heatsink fits properly on the retention module base. Retention Module Base Retention Module Base Retention Module Base Retention Module Base Retention Module Base CPU Heatsink CPU Heatsink CPU Heatsink CPU Heatsink CPU Heatsink CPU Fan CPU Fan CPU Fan CPU Fan CPU Fan Retention bracket lock Retention bracket lock Retention bracket lock Retention bracket lock Retention bracket lock Retention bracket Retention bracket Retention bracket Retention bracket Retention bracket ⢠The retention module base is already installed on the motherboard upon purchase. ⢠You do not have to remove the retention module base when installing the CPU or installing other motherboard components. ⢠If you purchased a separate CPU heatsink and fan assembly, make sure that a Thermal Interface Material is properly applied to the CPU heatsink or CPU before you install the heatsink and fan assembly. Your boxed CPU heatsink and fan assembly should come with installation instructions for the CPU, heatsink, and the retention mechanism. If the instructions in this section do not match the CPU documentation, follow the latter.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 2-9 2-9 2-9 2-9 2-9 2. Attach one end of the retention bracket to the retention module base. 3. Align the other end of the retention bracket (near the retention bracket lock) to the retention module base. A clicking sound denotes that the retention bracket is in place. 4. Push down the retention bracket lock on the retention mechanism to secure the heatsink and fan to the module base. Make sure that the fan and heatsink assembly perfectly fits the retention mechanism module base, otherwise you cannot snap the retention bracket in place.
2-10 2-10 2-10 2-10 2-10 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.4 System memory 2.4.1 2.4.1 2.4.1 2.4.1 2.4.1 Overview Overview Overview Overview Overview The motherboard comes with four 184-pin Double Data Rate (DDR) Dual Inline Memory Modules (DIMM) sockets. The following figure illustrates the location of the sockets: Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Sockets Sockets Sockets Sockets Sockets Channel A DIMM_A1 and DIMM_A1 Channel B DIMM_B1 and DIMM_B2 3. When the fan and heatsink assembly is in place, connect the CPU fan cable to the connector on the motherboard labeled CPU_FAN. Do not forget to connect the CPU fan connector! Hardware monitoring errors can occur if you fail to plug this connector. A8V-E DELUXE î A8V -E DELUXE CPU_Fan connector CPU_F AN GND Rotation 12V A8V-E DELUXE î A8V -E DELUXE 184-pin DDR DIMM sockets DIMM_A1 DIMM_A2 DIMM_B1 DIMM_B2
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 2-11 2-11 2-11 2-11 2-11 2.4.2 2.4.2 2.4.2 2.4.2 2.4.2 Memory Configurations Memory Configurations Memory Configurations Memory Configurations Memory Configurations You may install 256 MB, 512 MB and 1 GB unbuffered ECC or non-ECC DDR DIMMs into the DIMM sockets using the memory configurations in this section. ⢠For dual-channel configuration, the total size of memory module(s) installed per channel must be the same for better performance (DIMM_A1 DIMM_A2=DIMM_B1 DIMM_B2). ⢠Always install DIMMs with the same CAS latency. For optimum compatibility, it is recommended that you obtain memory modules from the same vendor. Refer to the DDR400 Qualified Vendors List on the next page for details. ⢠Due to chipset resource allocation, the system may detect less than 4 GB of system memory when you installed four 1 GB DDR memory modules. ⢠Due to chipset limitation, DIMM modules with 128 Mb memory chips or double-sided x16 memory chips are not supported in this motherboard. ⢠Due to CPU limitation, install on Channel B slots for a single-channel memory configuration. DDR400 Qualified Vendors List DDR400 Qualified Vendors List DDR400 Qualified Vendors List DDR400 Qualified Vendors List DDR400 Qualified Vendors List DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support Size Size Size Size Size Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Model Model Model Model Model Brand Side(s) Brand Side(s) Brand Side(s) Brand Side(s) Brand Side(s) Component Component Component Component Component A A A A A B B B B B C C C C C 256MB KINGSTON KVR400X64C3A/256 Hynix SS HY5DU56822BT-D43 ⢠⢠⢠512MB KINGSTON KVR400X64C3A/512 Hynix DS HY5DU56822BT-D43 ⢠⢠256MB KINGSTON KVR400X72C3A/256 Mosel SS V58C2256804SAT5(ECC) 512MB KINGSTON KVR400X72C3A/512 Mosel DS V58C2256804SAT5(ECC) ⢠⢠256MB KINGSTON KVR400X64C3A/256 Infineon SS HYB25D256800BT-5B ⢠⢠⢠512MB KINGSTON KVR400X64C3A/512 Infineon DS HYB25D256809BT-5B ⢠256MB KINGSTON KVR400X64C3A/256 KINGSTON SS D3208DL2T-5 ⢠⢠⢠512MB KINGSTON KVR400X64C3A/512 KINGSTON DS D328DIB-50 ⢠1024MB KINGSTON HYB25D512800BE-5B N/A DS KVR400X64C3A/1G ⢠256MB SAMSUNG M381L3223ETM-CCC SAMSUNG SS K4H560838E-TCCC(ECC) ⢠⢠⢠512MB SAMSUNG M381L6423ETM-CCC SAMSUNG DS K4H560838E-TCCC(ECC) ⢠⢠⢠256MB SAMSUNG M368L3223ETM-CCC SAMSUNG SS K4H560838E-TCCC ⢠⢠⢠256MB SAMSUNG M368L3223FTN-CCC SAMSUNG SS K4H560838F-TCCC ⢠⢠⢠512MB SAMSUNG M368L6423FTN-CCC SAMSUNG DS K4H560838F-TCCC ⢠⢠512MB SAMSUNG M368L6523BTM-CCC SAMSUNG SS K4H510838B-TCCC ⢠⢠⢠256MB MICRON MT8VDDT3264AG-40BCB MICRON SS MT46V32M8TG-5BC ⢠⢠⢠512MB MICRON MT16VDDT6464AG-40BCB MICRON DS MT46V32M8TG-5BC ⢠⢠256MB Infineon HYS64D32300HU-5-C Infineon SS HYB25D256800CE-5C ⢠⢠⢠512MB Infineon HYS64D64320HU-5-C Infineon DS HYB25D256800CE-5C ⢠256MB CORSAIR CMX256A-3200C2PT Winbond SS W942508BH-5 ⢠512MB CORSAIR VS512MB400 VALUE seLecT DS VS32M8-5 ⢠1024MB CORSAIR TWINX2048-3200C2 N/A DS N/A ⢠256MB Hynix HYMD232645D8J-D43 Hynix SS HY5DU56822DT-D43 ⢠⢠⢠512MB Hynix HYMD264646D8J-D43 Hynix DS HY5DU56822DT-D43 ⢠⢠256MB GEIL GE2563200B GEIL SS GL3LC32G88TG-5A ⢠⢠⢠256MB GEIL GD3200-256V GEIL SS GLIL DDR 32M8 ⢠512MB GEIL GD3200-512V GEIL DS GLIL DDR 32M8 ⢠(continued on the next page)
2-12 2-12 2-12 2-12 2-12 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) for the latest DDR400 Qualified Vendors List. Side(s): SS - Side(s): SS - Side(s): SS - Side(s): SS - Side(s): SS - Single Sided DS - DS - DS - DS - DS - Double Sided DIMM Support: DIMM Support: DIMM Support: DIMM Support: DIMM Support: A A A A A- supports one module inserted into either slot, in a Single-channel memory configuration. B B B B B- supports on pair of modules inserted into either the yellow slots or the black slots as one pair of Dual-channel memory configuration. C C C C C- support for 4 modules inserted into the yellow and black slots as two pairs of Dual-channel memory configuration. DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support Size Size Size Size Size Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Model Model Model Model Model Brand Side(s) Brand Side(s) Brand Side(s) Brand Side(s) Brand Side(s) Component Component Component Component Component A A A A A B B B B B C C C C C 256MB TwinMOS M2G9I08AIATT9F081AADT TwinMOS SS TMD7608F8E50D ⢠⢠⢠256MB TwinMOS M2G9I08A8ATT9F081AADT TwinMOS SS TMD7608F8E50D ⢠⢠512MB TwinMOS M2G9J16A8ATT9F081AADT TwinMOS DS TMD7608F8E50D ⢠256MB Transcend TS32MLD64V4F3 SAMSUNG SS K4H560838F-TCCC ⢠⢠⢠512MB Transcend TS64MLD64V4F3 SAMSUNG DS K4H560838F-TCCC ⢠1024MB Transcend TS128MLD64V4J SAMSUNG DS K4H510838B-TCCC ⢠512MB Transcend TS64MLD64V4F3 Mosel DS V58C2256804SAT5B ⢠256MB Transcend TS32MLD64V4F3 SAMSUNG SS K4H560838E-TCCC ⢠⢠⢠256MB Apacer 77.10636.33G Infineon SS HYB25D256800CE-5C ⢠⢠512MB Apacer 77.10736.33G Infineon DS HYB25D256800CE-5C ⢠256MB Apacer 77.10639.60G ProMOS SS V58C2256804SCT5B ⢠⢠512MB Apacer 77.10739.60G ProMOS DS V58C2256804SCT5B ⢠512MB A DATA MDOSS6F3H41Y0N1E0Z SAMSUNG DS K4H560838F-TCCC ⢠256MB A DATA MDOHY6F3G31Y0N1E0Z Hynix SS HY5DU56822CT-D43 ⢠⢠⢠256MB A DATA MDOAD5F3G31Y0D1E02 N/A SS ADD8608A8A-5B ⢠⢠512MB A DATA MDOAD5F3H41Y0D1E02 N/A DS ADD8608A8A-5B ⢠256MB Winbond W9425GCDB-5 Winbond SS W942508CH-5 ⢠512MB Winbond W9451GCDB-5 Winbond DS W942508CH-5 ⢠256MB KINGMAX MPXB62D-38KT3R N/A SS KDL388P4LA-50 ⢠⢠512MB KINGMAX MPXC22D-38KT3R N/A DS KDL388P4LA-50 ⢠512MB ATP AG64L64T8SQC4S SAMSUNG DS K4H560838D-TCC4 ⢠1024MB ATP AG28L64T8SMC4M MICRON DS MT46V64M4TG-5BC ⢠256MB NANYA NT256D64S88C0G-5T N/A SS NT5DS32M8CT-5T ⢠⢠⢠512MB NANYA NT512D64S8HC0G-5T N/A DS NT5DS32M8CT-5T ⢠256MB BRAIN POWER B6U808-256M-SAM-400 SAMSUNG SS K4H560838D-TCC4 ⢠256MB ProMOS V826632K24SCTG-D0 N/A SS V58C2256804SCT5B ⢠⢠512MB ProMOS V826664K24SCTG-D0 N/A DS V58C2256804SCT5B ⢠256MB Deutron A8C53T-5B1T PSC SS A2S56D30CTP ⢠⢠⢠512MB Deutron AL6D8C53T-5B1T PSC DS A2S56D30CTP ⢠256MB Novax 96M425653CE-40TB6 CEON SS C2S56D30TP-5 ⢠512MB Novax 96M451253CE-40TB6 CEON DS C2S56D30TP-5 â¢
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 2-13 2-13 2-13 2-13 2-13 2.4.4 2.4.4 2.4.4 2.4.4 2.4.4 Removing a DIMM Removing a DIMM Removing a DIMM Removing a DIMM Removing a DIMM Follow these steps to remove a DIMM. 1. Simultaneously press the retaining clips outward to unlock the DIMM. 2. Remove the DIMM from the socket. Support the DIMM lightly with your fingers when pressing the retaining clips. The DIMM might get damaged when it flips out with extra force. 2.4.3 2.4.3 2.4.3 2.4.3 2.4.3 Installing a DIMM Installing a DIMM Installing a DIMM Installing a DIMM Installing a DIMM 3. Firmly insert the DIMM into the socket until the retaining clips snap back in place and the DIMM is properly seated. 1. Unlock a DIMM socket by pressing the retaining clips outward. 2. Align a DIMM on the socket such that the notch on the DIMM matches the break on the socket. Locked Retaining Clip Locked Retaining Clip Locked Retaining Clip Locked Retaining Clip Locked Retaining Clip Make sure to unplug the power supply before adding or removing DIMMs or other system components. Failure to do so may cause severe damage to both the motherboard and the components. A DDR DIMM is keyed with a notch so that it fits in only one direction. DO NOT force a DIMM into a socket to avoid damaging the DIMM. Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch 1 2 1 DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch 1 2 1
2-14 2-14 2-14 2-14 2-14 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.5 Expansion slots In the future, you may need to install expansion cards. The following sub-sections describe the slots and the expansion cards that they support. 2.5.1 2.5.1 2.5.1 2.5.1 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card To install an expansion card: 1. Before installing the expansion card, read the documentation that came with it and make the necessary hardware settings for the card. 2. Remove the system unit cover (if your motherboard is already installed in a chassis). 3. Remove the bracket opposite the slot that you intend to use. Keep the screw for later use. 4. Align the card connector with the slot and press firmly until the card is completely seated on the slot. 5. Secure the card to the chassis with the screw you removed earlier. 6. Replace the system cover. 2.5.2 2.5.2 2.5.2 2.5.2 2.5.2 Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card After installing the expansion card, configure the it by adjusting the software settings. 1. Turn on the system and change the necessary BIOS settings, if any. See Chapter 4 for information on BIOS setup. 2. Assign an IRQ to the card. Refer to the tables on the next page. 3. Install the software drivers for the expansion card. Make sure to unplug the power cord before adding or removing expansion cards. Failure to do so may cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 2-17 2-17 2-17 2-17 2-17 2.5.3 2.5.3 2.5.3 2.5.3 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments IRQ IRQ IRQ IRQ IRQ Priority Priority Priority Priority Priority Standard Function Standard Function Standard Function Standard Function Standard Function 01 System Timer 12 Keyboard Controller 2â Re-direct to IRQ#9 31 1 Communications Port (COM2)* 41 2 Communications Port (COM1)* 51 3 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 61 4 Floppy Disk Controller 71 5 Printer Port (LPT1)* 83 System CMOS/Real Time Clock 94 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 10 5 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 11 6 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 12 7 PS/2 Compatible Mouse Port* 13 8 Numeric Data Processor 14 9 Primary IDE Channel 15 10 Secondary IDE Channel * These IRQs are usually available for ISA or PCI devices. IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard A A A A A B B B B B C C C C C D D D D D E E E E E F F F F F G G G G G H H H H H PCI slot 1 shared â â â âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ PCI slot 2 â shared â â âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ PCI slot 3 â â shared â âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ PCI E x1 slot 1 shared â â â âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ PCI E x1 slot 2 shared â â â âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ PCI E x16 slot shared â â â âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ Onboard USB controller 1 shared â â â âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ Onboard USB controller 2 shared â â â âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ Onboard USB controller 3 â shared â â âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ Onboard USB controller 4 â shared â â âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ Onboard USB 2.0 controller â â shared â âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ Onboard LAN shared â â â âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ Onboard wireless LAN â shared â â âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ Onboard 1394a shared â â â âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ When using PCI cards on shared slots, ensure that the drivers support âÂÂShare IRQâ or that the cards do not need IRQ assignments. Otherwise, conflicts will arise between the two PCI groups, making the system unstable and the card inoperable.
2-18 2-18 2-18 2-18 2-18 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.5.4 2.5.4 2.5.4 2.5.4 2.5.4 PCI slots PCI slots PCI slots PCI slots PCI slots The PCI slots support cards such as a LAN card, SCSI card, USB card, and other cards that comply with PCI specifications. The figure shows a LAN card installed on a PCI slot. 2.5.5 2.5.5 2.5.5 2.5.5 2.5.5 PCI Express x16 slot PCI Express x16 slot PCI Express x16 slot PCI Express x16 slot PCI Express x16 slot This motherboard supports PCI Express x16 graphic cards that comply with the PCI Express specifications. The figure shows a graphics card installed on the PCI Express x16 slot. 2.5.6 2.5.6 2.5.6 2.5.6 2.5.6 PCI Express x1 slot PCI Express x1 slot PCI Express x1 slot PCI Express x1 slot PCI Express x1 slot This motherboard supports PCI Express x1 network cards, SCSI cards and other cards that comply with the PCI Express specifications. The figure shows a network card installed on the PCI Express x1 slot.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 2-19 2-19 2-19 2-19 2-19 2.6 Jumpers 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) This jumper allows you to clear the Real Time Clock (RTC) RAM in CMOS. You can clear the CMOS memory of date, time, and system setup parameters by erasing the CMOS RTC RAM data. The onboard button cell battery powers the RAM data in CMOS, which include system setup information such as system passwords. To erase the RTC RAM: 1. Turn OFF the computer and unplug the power cord. 2. Remove the onboard battery. 3. Move the jumper cap from pins 1-2 (default) to pins 2-3. Keep the cap on pins 2-3 for about 5~10 seconds, then move the cap back to pins 1-2. 4. Re-install the battery. 5. Plug the power cord and turn ON the computer. 6. Hold down the <Del> key during the boot process and enter BIOS setup to re-enter data. Except when clearing the RTC RAM, never remove the cap on CLRTC jumper default position. Removing the cap will cause system boot failure! You do not need to clear the RTC when the system hangs due to overclocking. For system failure due to overclocking, use the C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) feature. Shut down and reboot the system so the BIOS can automatically reset parameter settings to default values. 12 23 A8V-E DELUXE î A8V -E DELUXE Clear RTC RAM CLRTC Normal Clear CMOS (Default)
2-20 2-20 2-20 2-20 2-20 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USBPW56, USBPW78) USBPW56, USBPW78) USBPW56, USBPW78) USBPW56, USBPW78) USBPW56, USBPW78) Set these jumpers to 5V to wake up the computer from S1 sleep mode (CPU stopped, DRAM refreshed, system running in low power mode) using the connected USB devices. Set to 5VSB to wake up from S3 and S4 sleep modes (no power to CPU, DRAM in slow refresh, power supply in reduced power mode). The USBPWR12 and USBPWR34 jumpers are for the rear USB ports. The USBPWR56 and USBPWR78 jumper is for the internal USB connectors that you can connect to additional USB ports. ⢠The USB device wake-up feature requires a power supply that can provide 500mA on the 5VSB lead for each USB port; otherwise, the system would not power up. ⢠The total current consumed must NOT exceed the power supply capability ( 5VSB) whether under normal condition or in sleep mode. 3 2 3 2 2 1 A8V-E DELUXE î A8V -E DELUXE USB device wake-up 5V (Default) 5VSB USBPW78 USBPW56 5V (Default) 5VSB USBPW34 USBPW12 1 2
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 2-21 2-21 2-21 2-21 2-21 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR) Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR) Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR) Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR) Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR) This jumper allows you to enable or disable the keyboard wake-up feature. Set this jumper to pins 2-3 ( 5VSB) if you wish to wake up the computer when you press a key on the keyboard (the default is the Space Bar). This feature requires an ATX power supply that can supply at least 1A on the 5VSB lead, and a corresponding setting in the BIOS. A8V-E DELUXE î A8V -E DELUXE Keyboard power setting (Default) 5V 5VSB KBPWR 2 1 2 1
2-22 2-22 2-22 2-22 2-22 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.7 Connectors 2.7.1 2.7.1 2.7.1 2.7.1 2.7.1 Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. Parallel port. Parallel port. Parallel port. Parallel port. Parallel port. This 25-pin port connects a parallel printer, a scanner, or other devices. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. IEEE 1394a port. IEEE 1394a port. IEEE 1394a port. IEEE 1394a port. IEEE 1394a port. This 6-pin IEEE 1394 port provides high-speed connectivity for audio/video devices, storage peripherals, PCs, or portable devices. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. LAN RJ-45 port. LAN RJ-45 port. LAN RJ-45 port. LAN RJ-45 port. LAN RJ-45 port. This port allows Gigabit connection to a Local Area Network (LAN) through a network hub. Refer to the table below for the LAN port LED indications. SPEED LED ACT/LINK LED LAN port LAN port LED indications LAN port LED indications LAN port LED indications LAN port LED indications LAN port LED indications 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. Rear Speaker Out port (gray). Rear Speaker Out port (gray). Rear Speaker Out port (gray). Rear Speaker Out port (gray). Rear Speaker Out port (gray). This port connects the rear speakers on a 4-channel, 6-channel, or 8-channel audio configuration. 5. 5. 5. 5. 5. Side Speaker Out port (black). Side Speaker Out port (black). Side Speaker Out port (black). Side Speaker Out port (black). Side Speaker Out port (black). This port connects the side speakers in an 8-channel audio configuration. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). This port connects the tape, CD, DVD player, or other audio sources. 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). This port connects a headphone or a speaker. In 4-channel, 6-channel, and 8-channel configuration, the function of this port becomes Front Speaker Out. ACT/LINK LED ACT/LINK LED ACT/LINK LED ACT/LINK LED ACT/LINK LED SPEED LED SPEED LED SPEED LED SPEED LED SPEED LED Status Status Status Status Status Description Description Description Description Description Status Status Status Status Status Description Description Description Description Description OFF No link OFF 10 Mbps connection GREEN Linked ORANGE 100 Mbps connection BLINKING Data activity GREEN 1 Gbps connection Refer to the audio configuration table on the next page for the function of the audio ports in 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration. 12 1 3 15 2 13 4 14 16 17 11 5 6 10 7 8 9
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 2-23 2-23 2-23 2-23 2-23 Wireless LAN LED indications Wireless LAN LED indications Wireless LAN LED indications Wireless LAN LED indications Wireless LAN LED indications 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. WiFi-g⢠antenna port. WiFi-g⢠antenna port. WiFi-g⢠antenna port. WiFi-g⢠antenna port. WiFi-g⢠antenna port. This port connects to the optional dipolar antenna for the onboard ASUS WiFi-g⢠solution. ( Wireless Edition only ) 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. Wireless LAN data transmission LED. Wireless LAN data transmission LED. Wireless LAN data transmission LED. Wireless LAN data transmission LED. Wireless LAN data transmission LED. This green AIR AIR AIR AIR AIR L E D indicates the data transmission status of the onboard wireless LAN adapter. Refer to the table below for the LED indications. Status Status Status Status Status Indication Indication Indication Indication Indication On On On On On The onboard WiFi-g⢠is on but has no data activity. Off Off Off Off Off The onboard WiFi-g⢠card is off. Flashing Flashing Flashing Flashing Flashing The onboard WiFi-g⢠card is transmitting and/or receiving data. 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. These two 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. These two 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 14. 14. 14. 14. 14. Optical S/PDIF Out port Optical S/PDIF Out port Optical S/PDIF Out port Optical S/PDIF Out port Optical S/PDIF Out port . This port connects an external audio output device via an optical S/PDIF cable. 15. 15. 15. 15. 15. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. This port connects an external audio output device via a coaxial S/PDIF cable. 16. 16. 16. 16. 16. PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). This port is for a PS/2 keyboard. 17. 17. 17. 17. 17. PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). This port is for a PS/2 mouse. 10. 10. 10. 10. 10. Microphone port (pink). Microphone port (pink). Microphone port (pink). Microphone port (pink). Microphone port (pink). This port connects a microphone. 11. 11. 11. 11. 11. Center/Subwoofer port (yellow orange). Center/Subwoofer port (yellow orange). Center/Subwoofer port (yellow orange). Center/Subwoofer port (yellow orange). Center/Subwoofer port (yellow orange). This port connects the center/subwoofer speakers. Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration Light Blue Line In Line In Line In Line In Lime Line Out Front Speaker Out Front Speaker Out Front Speaker Out Pink Mic In Mic In Mic In Mic In Gray ⢠Rear Speaker Out Rear Speaker Out Rear Speaker Out Black ⢠⢠⢠Side Speaker Out Yellow Orange ⢠⢠Center/Subwoofer Center/Subwoofer Port Port Port Port Port Headset Headset Headset Headset Headset 4-channel 4-channel 4-channel 4-channel 4-channel 6-channel 6-channel 6-channel 6-channel 6-channel 8-channel 8-channel 8-channel 8-channel 8-channel 2-channel 2-channel 2-channel 2-channel 2-channel
2-24 2-24 2-24 2-24 2-24 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE, SEC_IDE) IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE, SEC_IDE) IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE, SEC_IDE) IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE, SEC_IDE) IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE, SEC_IDE) These connectors are for Ultra DMA 133/ 100/66 signal cables . The Ultra DMA 133/100/66 signal cable has three connectors: a blue connector for the primary IDE connector on the motherboard, a black connector for an Ultra DMA 133/ 100/66 IDE slave device (optical drive/hard disk drive), and a gray connector for an Ultra DMA 133/ 100/66 IDE master device (hard disk drive). If you install two hard disk drives, you must configure the second drive as a slave device by setting its jumper accordingly. Refer to the hard disk documentation for the jumper settings. 2.7.2 2.7.2 2.7.2 2.7.2 2.7.2 Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) This connector is for the provided floppy disk drive (FDD) signal cable. Insert one end of the cable to this connector, then connect the other end to the signal connector at the back of the floppy disk drive. The Pin 5 on the connector is removed to prevent incorrect cable connection when using an FDD cable with a covered Pin 5. ⢠The Pin 20 on the IDE connector is removed to match the covered hole on the Ultra DMA cable connector. This prevents incorrect insertion when you connect the IDE cable. ⢠Use the 80-conductor IDE cable for Ultra DMA 100/66 IDE devices. A8V-E DELUXE î A8V -E DELUXE Floppy disk drive connector NOTE: Orient the red markings on the floppy ribbon cable to PIN 1. PIN 1 FLOPPY A8V-E DELUXE î A8V -E DELUXE IDE connectors NOTE: Orient the red markings (usually zigzag) on the IDE ribbon cable to PIN 1. PRI_IDE PIN 1 SEC_IDE
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 2-25 2-25 2-25 2-25 2-25 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2) Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2) Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2) Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2) Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2) These connectors are for the Serial ATA signal cables for Serial ATA hard disk drives. Important notes on Serial ATA Important notes on Serial ATA Important notes on Serial ATA Important notes on Serial ATA Important notes on Serial ATA ⢠The Serial ATA RAID feature (RAID 0, RAID 1) is available only if you are using Windows î 2000/XP. ⢠Install the Windows î 2000 Service Pack 4 or the Windows î XP Service Pack1 when using Serial ATA. A8V-E DELUXE R A8V -E DELUXE SA T A connectors S ATA 1 GND RSA T A_TXP1 RSA T A_TXN1 GND RSA T A_RXP1 RSA T A_RXN1 GND S ATA 2 GND RSA T A_TXP2 RSA T A_TXN2 GND RSA T A_RXP2 RSA T A_RXN2 GND
2-26 2-26 2-26 2-26 2-26 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. CPU, Chassis, and Power fan connectors CPU, Chassis, and Power fan connectors CPU, Chassis, and Power fan connectors CPU, Chassis, and Power fan connectors CPU, Chassis, and Power fan connectors (3-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN1, 3-pin CHIP_FAN, (3-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN1, 3-pin CHIP_FAN, (3-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN1, 3-pin CHIP_FAN, (3-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN1, 3-pin CHIP_FAN, (3-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN1, 3-pin CHIP_FAN, CHA_FAN2) CHA_FAN2) CHA_FAN2) CHA_FAN2) CHA_FAN2) The fan connectors support cooling fans of 350mA~ 2000mA ( 24 W max.) or a total of 1A~3.4 8A (41 .76 W max.) at 12V. Connect the fan cables to the fan connectors on the motherboard, making sure that the black wire of each cable matches the ground pin of the connector. ⢠Do not forget to connect the fan cables to the fan connectors. Lack of sufficient air flow inside the system may damage the motherboard components. These are not jumpers! DO NOT place jumper caps on the fan connectors! ⢠The ASUS Q-Fan2 function is supported using the CPU Fan (CPU_FAN) and Chassis Fan 1 (CHA_FAN1) connectors only. A8V-E DELUXE R A8V -E DELUXE Fan connectors CPU_F AN CHA_F AN1 CHIP_F AN GND Rotation 12V CHA_F AN2 GND Rotation 12V GND Rotation 12V GND Rotation 12V
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 2-27 2-27 2-27 2-27 2-27 5. 5. 5. 5. 5. Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) This connector is for a serial (COM) port. Connect the serial port module cable to this connector, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. Never connect a 1394 cable 1394 cable 1394 cable 1394 cable 1394 cable t o the USB connectors. Doing so will damage the motherboard! 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78) USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78) USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78) USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78) USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78) These connectors are for USB 2.0 ports. Connect the USB/GAME module cable to any of these connectors, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. These USB connectors comply with USB 2.0 specification that supports up to 480 Mbps connection speed. A8V-E DELUXE î A8V -E DELUXE COM port connector PIN 1 COM1 A8V-E DELUXE î A8V -E DELUXE USB 2.0 connectors USB56 USB 5V USB_P6- USB_P6 GND NC USB 5V USB_P5- USB_P5 GND 1 USB78 USB 5V USB_P8- USB_P8 GND NC USB 5V USB_P7- USB_P7 GND 1
2-28 2-28 2-28 2-28 2-28 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, 4-pin ATX12V) 4-pin ATX12V) 4-pin ATX12V) 4-pin ATX12V) 4-pin ATX12V) These connectors are for an ATX power supply plugs. The power supply plugs are designed to fit these connectors in only one orientation. Find the proper orientation and push down firmly until the connectors completely fit. ⢠Use of an ATX 12 V Specification 2.0-compliant power supply unit (PSU) that provides a minimum power of 350 W is recommended for a fully-configured system. ⢠Do not forget to connect the 4-pin ATX 12 V power plug; otherwise, the system will not boot up. ⢠Use of a PSU with a higher power output is recommended when configuring a system with more power-consuming devices. The system may become unstable or may not boot up if the power is inadequate. ⢠You must install a PSU with a higher power rating if you intend to install additional devices. A8V-E DELUXE î A8V -E DELUXE A TX power connectors EA TXPWR A TX12V 12V DC GND 12V DC GND 3 V olts 3 V olts Ground 5 V olts 5 V olts Ground Ground Power OK 5V Standby 12 V olts -5 V olts 5 V olts 3 V olts -12 V olts Ground Ground Ground PSON# Ground 5 V olts 12 V olts 3 V olts 5 V olts Ground
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 2-29 2-29 2-29 2-29 2-29 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) These connectors allow you to receive stereo audio input from sound sources such as a CD-ROM, TV-tuner, or MPEG card. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. GAME/MIDI port connector (16-1 pin GAME) GAME/MIDI port connector (16-1 pin GAME) GAME/MIDI port connector (16-1 pin GAME) GAME/MIDI port connector (16-1 pin GAME) GAME/MIDI port connector (16-1 pin GAME) This connector is for a GAME/MIDI port. Connect the USB/GAME module cable to this connector, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. The GAME/MIDI port connects a joystick or game pad for playing games, and MIDI devices for playing or editing audio files. A8V-E DELUXE î A8V -E DELUXE Internal audio connectors AUX Right Audio Channel Left Audio Channel Ground Ground CD Right Audio Channel Left Audio Channel Ground Ground A8V-E DELUXE î A8V -E DELUXE Game connector GAME 5V 5V J2B1 J2CX MIDI_OUT J2CY J2B2 MIDI_IN J1B1 J1CX GND GND J1CY J1B2 5V
2-30 2-30 2-30 2-30 2-30 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 10. 10. 10. 10. 10. Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) This connector is for a chassis-mounted intrusion detection sensor or switch. Connect one end of the chassis intrusion sensor or switch cable to this connector. The chassis intrusion sensor or switch sends a high-level signal to this connector when a chassis component is removed or replaced. The signal is then generated as a chassis intrusion event. By default, the pins labeled âÂÂChassis Signalâ and âÂÂGroundâ are shorted with a jumper cap. Remove the jumper caps only when you intend to use the chassis intrusion detection feature. A8V-E DELUXE î A8V -E DELUXE Chassis alarm lead CHASSIS 5VSB_MB Chassis Signal GND (Default) Never connect a USB cable USB cable USB cable USB cable USB cable t o the IEEE 1394a connectors. Doing so will damage the motherboard! 11. 11. 11. 11. 11. IEEE 1394 connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) IEEE 1394 connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) IEEE 1394 connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) IEEE 1394 connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) IEEE 1394 connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) These connectors are for IEEE 1394a ports. Connect the IEEE 1394 module cable to this connector, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. A8V-E DELUXE î A8V -E DELUXE IEEE 1394 connector IE1394_2 1 GND 12V TPB2- GND TP A2- 12V TPB2 GND TP A2
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 2-31 2-31 2-31 2-31 2-31 A8V-E DELUXE î A8V -E DELUXE Front panel audio connector FP_AUDIO BLINE_OUT_L MIC2 Line out_R Line out_L BLINE_OUT_R NC MICPWR 5V A AGND 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin FP_AUDIO) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin FP_AUDIO) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin FP_AUDIO) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin FP_AUDIO) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin FP_AUDIO) This connector is for a chassis-mounted front panel audio I/O module that supports legacy AC âÂÂ97 audio standard. Connect one end of the front panel audio I/O module cable to this connector. A8V-E DELUXE î A8V -E DELUXE Digital audio connector SPDIF GND 5V SPDIF_IN SPDIF_OUT GND 1 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. Digital audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF) Digital audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF) Digital audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF) Digital audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF) Digital audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF) This connector is for an additional Sony/Philips Digital Interface (S/PDIF) port(s). Connect the S/PDIF module cable to this connector, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. The S/PDIF module is purchased separately.
2-32 2-32 2-32 2-32 2-32 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 14. 14. 14. 14. 14. System panel connector (20-pin PANEL) System panel connector (20-pin PANEL) System panel connector (20-pin PANEL) System panel connector (20-pin PANEL) System panel connector (20-pin PANEL) This connector supports several chassis-mounted functions. The sytem panel connector is color-coded for easy connection. Refer to the connector description below for details. A8V-E DELUXE î A8V -E DELUXE System panel connector * Requires an A TX power supply . P ANEL PLED- PWR 5V Speaker Ground RESET Ground Reset Ground Ground PWR PLED IDE_LED- IDE_LED IDE LED Ground SMI ExtSMI# PLED SPEAKER ⢠System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) This 3-pin connector is for the system power LED. Connect the chassis power LED cable to this connector. The system power LED lights up when you turn on the system power, and blinks when the system is in sleep mode. ⢠System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) This 4-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted system warning speaker. The speaker allows you to hear system beeps and warnings. ⢠Hard disk drive activity (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) Hard disk drive activity (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) Hard disk drive activity (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) Hard disk drive activity (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) Hard disk drive activity (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) This 2-pin connector is for the HDD Activity LED. Connect the HDD Activity LED cable to this connector. The IDE LED lights up or flashes when data is read from or written to the HDD. ⢠Power/Soft-off button (Yellow 2-pin PWR) Power/Soft-off button (Yellow 2-pin PWR) Power/Soft-off button (Yellow 2-pin PWR) Power/Soft-off button (Yellow 2-pin PWR) Power/Soft-off button (Yellow 2-pin PWR) This connector is for the system power button. Pressing the power button turns the system ON or puts the system in SLEEP or SOFT-OFF mode depending on the BIOS settings. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds while the system is ON turns the system OFF. ⢠Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) This 2-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted reset button for system reboot without turning off the system power.
3 Powering up This chapter describes the power up sequence, the vocal POST messages, and ways of shutting down the system.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe Chapter summary 3.1 Starting up for the first time ................................................ 3-1 3.2 Powering off the computer .................................................. 3-2 3.3 ASUS POST Reporter⢠.......................................................... 3-3
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 3-1 3-1 3-1 3-1 3-1 3.1 Starting up for the first time 1. After making all the connections, replace the system case cover. 2. Be sure that all switches are off. 3. Connect the power cord to the power connector at the back of the system chassis. 4. Connect the power cord to a power outlet that is equipped with a surge protector. 5. Turn on the devices in the following order: a. Monitor b. External SCSI devices (starting with the last device on the chain) c. System power 6. After applying power, the system power LED on the system front panel case lights up. For systems withATX power supplies, the system LED lights up when you press the ATX power button. If your monitor complies with âÂÂgreenâ standards or if it has a âÂÂpower standbyâ feature, the monitor LED may light up or switch between orange and green after the system LED turns on. The system then runs the power-on self tests or POST. While the tests are running, the BIOS beeps (see BIOS beep codes table below) or additional messages appear on the screen. If you do not see anything within 30 seconds from the time you turned on the power, the system may have failed a power-on test. Check the jumper settings and connections or call your retailer for assistance. 7. At power on, hold down the <Delete> key to enter the BIOS Setup. Follow the instructions in Chapter 4.
3-2 3-2 3-2 3-2 3-2 Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up 3.2 Powering off the computer 3.2.1 3.2.1 3.2.1 3.2.1 3.2.1 Using the OS shut down function Using the OS shut down function Using the OS shut down function Using the OS shut down function Using the OS shut down function If you are using Windows î 2000: 1. Click the Start Start Start Start Start button then click Shut Down... Shut Down... Shut Down... Shut Down... Shut Down... 2. Make sure that the Shut Down Shut Down Shut Down Shut Down Shut Down option button is selected, then click the OK OK OK OK OK button to shut down the computer. 3. The power supply should turn off after Windows î shuts down. If you are using Windows î XP: 1. Click the Start Start Start Start Start button then select Turn Off Computer. Turn Off Computer. Turn Off Computer. Turn Off Computer. Turn Off Computer. 2. Click the Turn Off Turn Off Turn Off Turn Off Turn Off button to shut down the computer. 3. The power supply should turn off after Windows î shuts down. 3.2.2 3.2.2 3.2.2 3.2.2 3.2.2 Using the dual function power switch Using the dual function power switch Using the dual function power switch Using the dual function power switch Using the dual function power switch While the system is ON, pressing the power switch for less than four seconds puts the system to sleep mode or to soft-off mode, depending on the BIOS setting. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds lets the system enter the soft-off mode regardless of the BIOS setting. Refer to section âÂÂ4.5 Power Menuâ in Chapter 4 for details.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 3-3 3-3 3-3 3-3 3-3 3.3 ASUS POST Reporter⢠This motherboard includes the Winbond speech controller to support a special feature called the ASUS POST Reporterâ¢. This feature lets you hear vocal messages during POST that alerts you of system events and boot status. In case of a boot failure, you will hear the specific cause of the problem. These POST messages are customizable using the Winbond Voice Editor software that came with your package. You can record your own messages to replace the default messages. 3.3.1 3.3.1 3.3.1 3.3.1 3.3.1 Vocal POST messages Vocal POST messages Vocal POST messages Vocal POST messages Vocal POST messages Following is a list of the default POST messages and the corresponding actions you can take: POST Message POST Message POST Message POST Message POST Message Action Action Action Action Action No CPU installed ⢠Install a supported processor to the CPU socket. See section âÂÂ2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU)â for details. System failed CPU test ⢠Check the CPU if properly installed. ⢠Call ASUS technical support for assistance. See the ASUS contact information on the inside front cover of this user guide. System failed memory test ⢠Install supported DDR2 DIMMs into the memory sockets. ⢠Check if the DIMMs on the DIMM sockets are properly installed. ⢠Make sure that your DIMMs are not defective. ⢠Refer to section âÂÂ2.4 System memoryâ for instructions on installing a DIMM. System failed VGA test ⢠Install a PCI graphics card into one of the PCI slots, or a PCI Express AGP card into the PCI Express x16 slot. ⢠Make sure that your graphics card is not defective. System failed due to CPU ⢠Check your CPU overclocking settings in the BIOS setup and restore the default CPU parameters. No keyboard detected ⢠Check if your keyboard is properly connected to the purple PS/2 connector on the rear panel. ⢠See section âÂÂ2.7.1 Rear panel connectorsâ for the location of the connector. No IDE hard disk detected ⢠Make sure you have connected an IDE hard disk drive to one of the IDE connectors on the motherboard.
3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up POST Message POST Message POST Message POST Message POST Message Action Action Action Action Action CPU temperature too high ⢠Check if the CPU fan is working properly. CPU fan failed ⢠Check the CPU fan and make sure it turns on after you apply power to the system. ⢠Make sure that your CPU fan supports the fan speed detection function. CPU voltage out of range ⢠Check your power supply and make sure it is not defective. ⢠Call ASUS technical support for assistance. See the âÂÂASUS contact informationâ on the inside front cover of this user guide. Computer now booting from operating ⢠No action required system You can enable or disable the ASUS POST Reporter⢠in the Speech Speech Speech Speech Speech Configuration Configuration Configuration Configuration Configuration option in the BIOS setup. See section 4.4.9 for details.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3.3.2 3.3.2 3.3.2 3.3.2 3.3.2 Winbond Voice Editor Winbond Voice Editor Winbond Voice Editor Winbond Voice Editor Winbond Voice Editor The Winbond Voice Editor software allows you to customize the vocal POST messages. You can install this application from the support CD. Launching the Voice Editor Launching the Voice Editor Launching the Voice Editor Launching the Voice Editor Launching the Voice Editor You can launch the program from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start Start Start Start Start > All Programs > Winbond Voice Editor > Voice Editor > All Programs > Winbond Voice Editor > Voice Editor > All Programs > Winbond Voice Editor > Voice Editor > All Programs > Winbond Voice Editor > Voice Editor > All Programs > Winbond Voice Editor > Voice Editor . The Winbond Voice Editor screen appears. Playing the default wave files Playing the default wave files Playing the default wave files Playing the default wave files Playing the default wave files To play the default wave files, simply click on a POST event on the left side of the screen, then click the Play button. Default Messages Default Messages Default Messages Default Messages Default Messages POST Events POST Events POST Events POST Events POST Events To avoid conflicts, do not run the Winbond Voice Editor while running the ASUS PC Probe application. The default language setting is English.
3-6 3-6 3-6 3-6 3-6 Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up 3. Click the Write Write Write Write Write button from the Voice Editor main window to update the EEPROM. 4. Click Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes t o confirm. Changing the default language Changing the default language Changing the default language Changing the default language Changing the default language To change the default language: 1. Click the Load Load Load Load Load button from the Voice Editor main window. A window with the available languages appears. 2. Select your desired language, then click Open Open Open Open Open . The event messages for the language you selected appear on the Voice Editor main window. Not all events on some languages have a corresponding message due to file size constraints. The next time you boot your computer, the ASUS Post Reporter announces the messages in the selected language.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 3-7 3-7 3-7 3-7 3-7 Customizing your POST messages Customizing your POST messages Customizing your POST messages Customizing your POST messages Customizing your POST messages The Voice Editor application allows you to record your own POST messages if your language is not supported or if you wish to to replace the pre-installed wave files. To customize your POST messages. 1. Launch the Voice Editor application and note the list of POST events on the leftmost column of the screen. 2. Prepare your message for each event. 3. Use a recording software (e.g. Windows î Recorder) to record your messages, then save the messages as wave files (.WAV). 4. From the Voice Editor screen, click the Add Add Add Add Add button to display the Add Wave File Add Wave File Add Wave File Add Wave File Add Wave File window. 5. Copy the wave files that you recorded to the database, then close the window when done. ⢠The total compressed size for all the wave files must not exceed 1Mbit, so keep your messages as short as possible. ⢠To keep file sizes small, save your files at a low quality. For example, use 8-bit, mono quality at 22Khz sampling rate. ⢠Create a separate folder for your wave files so you can locate them easily.
3-8 3-8 3-8 3-8 3-8 Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up If you receive an error message telling you that the files exceed the total allowable size, do any or all of the following: ⢠Shorten your messages. ⢠Save the wave files at a lower quality ⢠Do not include seldom-used events like FDD Detection, IDE HDD Detection, etc. 6. Select a POST event on the Voice Editor main window, then click the Edit Edit Edit Edit Edit button. The Event Sound Editor Event Sound Editor Event Sound Editor Event Sound Editor Event Sound Editor window appears. 7. Locate and select your wave file for the event, then click on the arrow opposite Voice1. The file you select appears on the space next to it. 8. Click OK OK OK OK OK to return to the Voice Editor main window. 9. Do steps 6 to 8 for the other events. 10. When done, click Save Save Save Save Save . A window appears prompting you to save your configuration. 11. Type a file name with an .flh .flh .flh .flh .flh extension, then click Save. 12. Click the Write Write Write Write Write button to compress the file and copy into the EEPROM. 13. Click Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes o n the confirmation window that appears.
4 BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change the system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe Chapter summary 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ........................................ 4-1 4.2 BIOS setup program ........................................................... 4-11 4.3 Main menu .......................................................................... 4-15 4.4 Advanced menu .................................................................. 4-18 4.5 Power menu ........................................................................ 4-33 4.6 Boot menu .......................................................................... 4-37 4.7 Exit menu ........................................................................... 4-44
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-1 4-1 4-1 4-1 4-1 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS The following utilities allow you to manage and update the motherboard Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) setup. 1. AwardBIOS Flash Utility AwardBIOS Flash Utility AwardBIOS Flash Utility AwardBIOS Flash Utility AwardBIOS Flash Utility (Updates the BIOS in DOS mode using a bootable floppy disk.) 2. ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 (Updates the BIOS using a bootable floppy disk or the motherboard support CD when the BIOS file fails or gets corrupted.) 3. ASUS EZ Flash ASUS EZ Flash ASUS EZ Flash ASUS EZ Flash ASUS EZ Flash (Updates the BIOS in DOS using a floppy disk or the motherboard support CD.) 4. ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update (Updates the BIOS in Windows î environment.) Refer to the corresponding sections for details on these utilities. 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk 1. Do either one of the following to create a bootable floppy disk. DOS environment a. Insert a 1.44MB floppy disk into the drive. b. At the DOS prompt, type format A:/S then press <Enter>. Windows î XP environment a. Insert a 1.44 MB floppy disk to the floppy disk drive. b. Click Start Start Start Start Start from the Windows î desktop, then select My My My My My Computer Computer Computer Computer Computer . c. Select the 3 1/2 Floppy Drive icon. d. Click File File File File File from the menu, then select Format Format Format Format Format . A Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Floppy Disk Floppy Disk Floppy Disk Floppy Disk Floppy Disk window appears. e. Select Create an MS-DOS startup disk Create an MS-DOS startup disk Create an MS-DOS startup disk Create an MS-DOS startup disk Create an MS-DOS startup disk from the format options field, then click Start Start Start Start Start . Windows î 2000 environment To create a set of boot disks for Windows î 2000: a. Insert a formatted, high density 1.44 MB floppy disk into the drive. b. Insert the Windows î 2000 CD to the optical drive. Save a copy of the original motherboard BIOS file to a bootable floppy disk in case you need to restore the BIOS in the future. Copy the original motherboard BIOS using the ASUS Update or AwardBIOS Flash utilities.
4-2 4-2 4-2 4-2 4-2 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup c. Click Start Start Start Start Start , then select Run Run Run Run Run . d. From the Open field, type D:\bootdisk\makeboot a: assuming that D: is your optical drive. e. Press <Enter>, then follow screen instructions to continue. 2. Copy the original or the latest motherboard BIOS file to the bootable floppy disk. 4.1.2 4.1.2 4.1.2 4.1.2 4.1.2 Updating the BIOS Updating the BIOS Updating the BIOS Updating the BIOS Updating the BIOS The Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) can be updated using the AwardBIOS Flash Utility. Follow these instructions to update the BIOS using this utility. 1. Download the latest BIOS file from the ASUS web site. Rename the file to A8V-E.BIN A8V-E.BIN A8V-E.BIN A8V-E.BIN A8V-E.BIN and save it to a floppy disk. Save only the updated BIOS file in the floppy disk to avoid loading the wrong BIOS file. 2. Copy the AwardBIOS Flash Utility (awdflash.exe) from the Software folder of the support CD to the floppy disk with the latest BIOS file. 3. Boot the system in DOS mode using the bootable floppy disk you created earlier. 4. When the A:> A:> A:> A:> A:> appears, replace the bootable floppy disk with the floppy disk containing the new BIOS file and the Award BIOS Flash Utility. 5. At the prompt, type awdflash awdflash awdflash awdflash awdflash then press <Enter>. The Award BIOS Flash Utility screen appears. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please input File Name! For K8T890-8237-A8V-E-00 DATE: 09/10/2004 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program:
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-3 4-3 4-3 4-3 4-3 6. Type the BIOS file name in the File Name to File Name to File Name to File Name to File Name to Program Program Program Program Program field, then press <Enter>. Do not turn off or reset the system during the flashing process! AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved For K8T890-8237-A8V-E-00 DATE: 09/10/2004 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: A8V-E.BIN AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Warning: DonâÂÂt Turn Off Power Or Reset System! For K8T890-8237-A8V-E-00 DATE: 09/10/2004 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: A8V-E.BIN Program Flashing Memory - OFE00 OK Write OK No Update Write Fail Message: Do You Want To Save Bios (Y/N) 9. The utility displays a Flashing Complete Flashing Complete Flashing Complete Flashing Complete Flashing Complete message indicating that you have successfully flashed the BIOS file. Press <F1> to restart the system. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved F1 Reset For K8T890-8237-A8V-E-00 DATE: 09/10/2004 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: A8V-E.BIN Flashing Complete Press <F1> to Continue Write OK No Update Write Fail 7. Press <N> when the utility prompts you to save the current BIOS file. The following screen appears. 8. The utility verifies the BIOS file in the floppy disk and starts flashing the BIOS file.
4-4 4-4 4-4 4-4 4-4 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 3. Type a filename for the current BIOS file in the Save current BIOS Save current BIOS Save current BIOS Save current BIOS Save current BIOS as as as as as field, then press <Enter>. 4. The utility saves the current BIOS file to the floppy disk, then returns to the BIOS flashing process. 4.1.3 4.1.3 4.1.3 4.1.3 4.1.3 Saving the current BIOS file Saving the current BIOS file Saving the current BIOS file Saving the current BIOS file Saving the current BIOS file You can use the AwardBIOS Flash Utility to save the current BIOS file. You can load the current BIOS file when the BIOS file gets corrupted during the flashing process. To save the current BIOS file using the AwardBIOS Flash Utility: 1. Follow steps 1 to 6 of the previous section. 2. Press <Y> when the utility prompts you to save the current BIOS file. The following screen appears. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: For K8T890-8237-A8V-E-00 DATE: 09/10/2004 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: A8V-E.BIN Save current BIOS as: AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please Wait! For K8T890-8237-A8V-E-00 DATE: 09/10/2004 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: A8V-E.BIN Checksum: DAD6H Save current BIOS as: old.bin AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please Wait! For K8T890-8237-A8V-E-00 DATE: 09/10/2004 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: A8V-E.BIN Now Backup System BIOS to File!
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-5 4-5 4-5 4-5 4-5 4.1.4 4.1.4 4.1.4 4.1.4 4.1.4 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility The ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 is an auto recovery tool that allows you to restore the BIOS file when it fails or gets corrupted during the updating process. You can update a corrupted BIOS file using the motherboard support CD or the floppy disk that contains the updated BIOS file. Prepare the motherboard support CD or the floppy disk containing the updated motherboard BIOS before using this utility. Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD To recover the BIOS from the support CD: 1. Turn on the system. 2. Insert the motherboard support CD to the optical drive. 3. The utility displays the following message and automatically checks the CD for the BIOS file. 4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS! Doing so can cause system boot failure! Award BootBlock BIOS v1.0 Copyright (c) 2000, Award Software, Inc. BIOS ROM checksum error Detecting IDE ATAPI device... Found CDROM, try to Boot from it... Pass When found, the utility reads the BIOS file and starts flashing the corrupted BIOS file. Award BootBlock BIOS v1.0 Copyright (c) 2000, Award Software, Inc. BIOS ROM checksum error Detecting IDE ATAPI device...
4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup The recovered BIOS may not be the latest BIOS version for this motherboard. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS file. Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk To recover the BIOS from the support CD: 1. Remove any CD from the optical drive, then turn on the system. 2. Insert the floppy disk with the original or updated BIOS file to the floppy disk drive. 3. The utility displays the following message and automatically checks the floppy disk for the original or updated BIOS file. 4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS! Doing so can cause system boot failure! When no CD is found, the utility automatically checks the floppy drive for the original or updated BIOS file. The utility then updates the corrupted BIOS file. Award BootBlock BIOS v1.0 Copyright (c) 2000, Award Software, Inc. BIOS ROM checksum error Detecting IDE ATAPI device... Found CDROM, try to Boot from it... Fail Detecting floppy drive A media... Award BootBlock BIOS v1.0 Copyright (c) 2000, Award Software, Inc. BIOS ROM checksum error Detecting IDE ATAPI device...
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-7 4-7 4-7 4-7 4-7 4.1.5 4.1.5 4.1.5 4.1.5 4.1.5 ASUS EZ Flash utility ASUS EZ Flash utility ASUS EZ Flash utility ASUS EZ Flash utility ASUS EZ Flash utility The ASUS EZ Flash feature allows you to update the BIOS without having to go through the long process of booting from a floppy disk and using a DOS-based utility. The EZ Flash utility is built-in the BIOS chip so it is accessible by pressing <Alt> <F2> during the Power-On Self Tests (POST). To update the BIOS using EZ Flash: 1. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS file for the motherboard. 2. Save the BIOS file to a floppy disk, then restart the system. 3. Press <Alt> <F2> during POST to display the following. Insert Disk then press Enter or ESC to continue POST 4. Insert the floppy disk that contains the BIOS file to the floppy disk drive then press <Enter>. The following screen appears. Do not shutdown or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent system boot failure! AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please wait... For NF-KC804-A8N-SLI-00 DATE: 11/18/2004 Flash Type - SST 49LF004A/B /3.3V File Name to Program: 5. When the correct BIOS file is found, EZ Flash performs the BIOS update process and automatically reboots the system when done.
4-8 4-8 4-8 4-8 4-8 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update To install ASUS Update: 1. Place the support CD in the optical drive. The Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers menu appears. 2. Click the Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities tab, then click Install ASUS Update Install ASUS Update Install ASUS Update Install ASUS Update Install ASUS Update VX.XX.XX VX.XX.XX VX.XX.XX VX.XX.XX VX.XX.XX . See page 5-3 for the Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities screen menu. 3. The ASUS Update utility is copied to your system. 4.1.6 4.1.6 4.1.6 4.1.6 4.1.6 ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility The ASUS Update is a utility that allows you to manage, save, and update the motherboard BIOS in Windows î environment. The ASUS Update utility allows you to: ⢠Save the current BIOS file ⢠Download the latest BIOS file from the Internet ⢠Update the BIOS from an updated BIOS file ⢠Update the BIOS directly from the Internet, and ⢠View the BIOS version information. This utility is available in the support CD that comes with the motherboard package. ASUS Update requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP). Quit all Windows î applications before you update the BIOS using this utility.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-9 4-9 4-9 4-9 4-9 3. Select the ASUS FTP site nearest you to avoid network traffic, or click Auto Select Auto Select Auto Select Auto Select Auto Select . Click Next Next Next Next Next . Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet To update the BIOS through the Internet: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start Start Start Start Start > Programs Programs Programs Programs Programs > ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate . T h e ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from Update BIOS from Update BIOS from Update BIOS from Update BIOS from the Internet the Internet the Internet the Internet the Internet option from the drop-down menu, then click Next Next Next Next Next .
4-10 4-10 4-10 4-10 4-10 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file To update the BIOS through a BIOS file: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start Start Start Start Start > Programs Programs Programs Programs Programs > ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate . The ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a file file file file file option from the drop-down menu, then click Next Next Next Next Next . 4. From the FTP site, select the BIOS version that you wish to download. Click Next. 5. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process. The ASUS Update utility is capable of updating itself through the Internet. Always update the utility to avail all its features. 3. Locate the BIOS file from the Open Open Open Open Open window, then click Save Save Save Save Save . 4. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-11 4-11 4-11 4-11 4-11 4.2 BIOS setup program This motherboard supports a programmable Low-Pin Count (LPC) chip that you can update using the provided utility described in section â 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS.â Use the BIOS Setup program when you are installing a motherboard, reconfiguring your system, or prompted to âÂÂRun SetupâÂÂ. This section explains how to configure your system using this utility. Even if you are not prompted to use the Setup program, you can change the configuration of your computer in the future. For example, you can enable the security password feature or change the power management settings. This requires you to reconfigure your system using the BIOS Setup program so that the computer can recognize these changes and record them in the CMOS RAM of the LPC chip. The LPC chip on the motherboard stores the Setup utility. When you start up the computer, the system provides you with the opportunity to run this program. Press <Del> during the Power-On Self-Test (POST) to enter the Setup utility; otherwise, POST continues with its test routines. If you wish to enter Setup after POST, restart the system by pressing <Ctrl Alt Delete>, or by pressing the reset button on the system chassis. You can also restart by turning the system off and then back on. Do this last option only if the first two failed. The Setup program is designed to make it as easy to use as possible. Being a menu-driven program, it lets you scroll through the various sub-menus and make your selections from the available options using the navigation keys. ⢠The default BIOS settings for this motherboard apply for most conditions to ensure optimum performance. If the system becomes unstable after changing any BIOS settings, load the default settings to ensure system compatibility and stability. Select the Load Load Load Load Load Default Settings Default Settings Default Settings Default Settings Default Settings item under the Exit Menu. See section âÂÂ4.7 Exit Menu.â â¢ The BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference purposes only, and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS file for this motherboard and .
4-12 4-12 4-12 4-12 4-12 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Change the day, month, year and century. System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Wed, Sep 15 2004 Language [English] Legacy Diskette A: [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Primary IDE Master [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CDS520/A] Secondary IDE Master [None] Secondary IDE Slave [None] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Installed Memory 256MB 4.2.2 4.2.2 4.2.2 4.2.2 4.2.2 Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar The menu bar on top of the screen has the following main items: Main Main Main Main Main For changing the basic system configuration Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced For changing the advanced system settings Power Power Power Power Power For changing the advanced power management (APM) configuration Boot Boot Boot Boot Boot For changing the system boot configuration Exit Exit Exit Exit Exit For selecting the exit options and loading default settings To select an item on the menu bar, press the right or left arrow key on the keyboard until the desired item is highlighted. 4.2.1 4.2.1 4.2.1 4.2.1 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen ⢠The BIOS setup screens shown in this chapter are for reference purposes only, and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS information. Legend bar Legend bar Legend bar Legend bar Legend bar General help General help General help General help General help Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-13 4-13 4-13 4-13 4-13 4.2.4 4.2.4 4.2.4 4.2.4 4.2.4 Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items The highlighted item on the menu bar displays the specific items for that menu. For example, selecting Main Main Main Main Main shows the Main menu items. The other items (Advanced, Power, Boot, and Exit) on the menu bar have their respective menu items. 4.2.5 4.2.5 4.2.5 4.2.5 4.2.5 Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items A solid triangle before each item on any menu screen means that the iteam has a sub-menu. To display the sub-menu, select the item and press <Enter>. 4.2.6 4.2.6 4.2.6 4.2.6 4.2.6 Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields These fields show the values for the menu items. If an item is user-configurable, you can change the value of the field opposite the item. You cannot select an item that is not user-configurable. A configurable field is enclosed in brackets, and is highlighted when selected. To change the value of a field, select it then press <Enter> to display a list of options. Refer to âÂÂ4.2.7 Pop-up window.â 4.2.3 4.2.3 4.2.3 4.2.3 4.2.3 Legend bar Legend bar Legend bar Legend bar Legend bar At the bottom of the Setup screen is a legend bar. The keys in the legend bar allow you to navigate through the various setup menus. The following table lists the keys found in the legend bar with their corresponding functions. Navigation Key Navigation Key Navigation Key Navigation Key Navigation Key Function Function Function Function Function <F1> <F1> <F1> <F1> <F1> Displays the General Help screen <F5> <F5> <F5> <F5> <F5> Loads setup default values <Esc> <Esc> <Esc> <Esc> <Esc> Exits the BIOS setup or returns to the main menu from a sub-menu Left or Right arrow Left or Right arrow Left or Right arrow Left or Right arrow Left or Right arrow Selects the menu item to the left or right Up or Down arrow Up or Down arrow Up or Down arrow Up or Down arrow Up or Down arrow Moves the highlight up or down between fields Page Down or â (minus) Page Down or â (minus) Page Down or â (minus) Page Down or â (minus) Page Down or â (minus) Scrolls backward through the values for the highlighted field Page Up or (plus) Page Up or (plus) Page Up or (plus) Page Up or (plus) Page Up or (plus) Scrolls forward through the values for the highlighted field <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> Brings up a selection menu for the highlighted field <F10> <F10> <F10> <F10> <F10> Saves changes and exit
4-14 4-14 4-14 4-14 4-14 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.2.7 4.2.7 4.2.7 4.2.7 4.2.7 Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Select a menu item then press <Enter> to display a pop-up window with the configuration options for that item. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Specifies the capacity and physical size of diskette drive A. System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Wed, Sep 15 2004 Legacy Diskette A: [ 1.44M, 3.5 in. ] Primary IDE Master [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CDS520/A] Secondary IDE Master [None] Secondary IDE Slave [None] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Installed Memory 256MB Legacy Diskette A: Disabled ..... [ ] 360K , 5.25 in. ..... [ ] 1.2M , 5.25 in. ..... [ ] 720K , 3.5 in. ..... [ ] 1.44M, 3.5 in. ..... [ ] 2.88M, 3.5 in. ..... [ ] âÂÂâ :Move ENTER:Accept ESC:Abort Pop-up menu Pop-up menu Pop-up menu Pop-up menu Pop-up menu 4.2.8 4.2.8 4.2.8 4.2.8 4.2.8 General help General help General help General help General help At the top right corner of the menu screen is a brief description of the selected item.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-15 4-15 4-15 4-15 4-15 F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Change the day, month, year and century. System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Wed, Sep 15 2004 Language [English] Legacy Diskette A: [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Primary IDE Master [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CDS520/A] Secondary IDE Master [None] Secondary IDE Slave [None] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Installed Memory 256MB 4.3 Main menu When you enter the BIOS Setup program, the Main menu screen appears, giving you an overview of the basic system information. Refer to section âÂÂ4.2.1 BIOS menu screenâ for information on the menu screen items and how to navigate through them. 4.3.1 4.3.1 4.3.1 4.3.1 4.3.1 System Time [xx:xx:xxxx] System Time [xx:xx:xxxx] System Time [xx:xx:xxxx] System Time [xx:xx:xxxx] System Time [xx:xx:xxxx] Allows you to set the system time. 4.3.2 4.3.2 4.3.2 4.3.2 4.3.2 System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] Allows you to set the system date. 4.3.3 4.3.3 4.3.3 4.3.3 4.3.3 Language [English] Language [English] Language [English] Language [English] Language [English] Allows you to choose the BIOS language version from the options. Configuration options: [English] [French] [German] 4.3.4 4.3.4 4.3.4 4.3.4 4.3.4 Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Sets the type of floppy drive installed. Configuration options: [Disabled] [360K, 5.25 in.] [1.2M , 5.25 in.] [720K , 3.5 in.] [1.44M, 3.5 in.] [2.88M, 3.5 in.]
4-16 4-16 4-16 4-16 4-16 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Before attempting to configure a hard disk drive, make sure you have the correct configuration information supplied by the drive manufacturer. Incorrect settings may cause the system to fail to recognize the installed hard disk. 4.3.5 4.3.5 4.3.5 4.3.5 4.3.5 Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave While entering Setup, the BIOS automatically detects the presence of IDE devices. There is a separate sub-menu for each IDE device. Select a device item then press <Enter> to display the IDE device information. The BIOS automatically detects the values opposite the dimmed items (Capacity, Cylinder, Head, Sector and Transfer Mode). These values are not user-configurable. These items show N/A if no IDE device is installed in the system. Primary/Secondary IDE Master/Slave [Auto] Primary/Secondary IDE Master/Slave [Auto] Primary/Secondary IDE Master/Slave [Auto] Primary/Secondary IDE Master/Slave [Auto] Primary/Secondary IDE Master/Slave [Auto] Select [Auto] to automatically detect an IDE hard disk drive. If automatic detection is successful, the BIOS automatically fills in the correct values for the remaining fields on this sub-menu. If the hard disk was already formatted on a previous system, the setup BIOS may detect incorrect parameters. Select [Manual] to manually enter the IDE hard disk drive parameters. If no drive is installed select [None]. Configuration options: [None] [Auto] [Manual] Access Mode [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] The default [Auto] allows automatic detection of an IDE hard disk drive. Select [CHS] for this item if you set the IDE Primary Master/Slave to [Manual]. Configuration options: [CHS] [LBA] [Large] [Auto] F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Select Menu Item Specific Help Press [Enter] to select Primary IDE Master Primary IDE Master [ Auto ] Access Mode [Auto] Capacity 13579 MB Cylinder 26310 Head 16 Sector 63 PIO Mode [Auto] UDMA Mode [Auto] Transfer Mode UDMA 4
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-17 4-17 4-17 4-17 4-17 Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Displays the auto-detected hard disk capacity. This item is not configurable. Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Shows the number of the hard disk cylinders. This item is not configurable. Head Head Head Head Head Shows the number of the hard disk read/write heads. This item is not configurable. Sector Sector Sector Sector Sector Shows the number of sectors per track. This item is not configurable. PIO Mode PIO Mode PIO Mode PIO Mode PIO Mode Sets the PIO mode for the IDE device. Configuration options: [Auto] [Mode 0] [Mode 1] [Mode 2] [Mode 3] [Mode 4] UDMA Mode UDMA Mode UDMA Mode UDMA Mode UDMA Mode Disables or sets the UDMA mode. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Auto] Transfer Mode Transfer Mode Transfer Mode Transfer Mode Transfer Mode Shows the Transfer mode. This item is not configurable. After entering the IDE hard disk drive information into BIOS, use a disk utility, such as FDISK, to partition and format new IDE hard disk drives. This is necessary so that you can write or read data from the hard disk. Make sure to set the partition of the Primary IDE hard disk drives to active. 4.3.6 4.3.6 4.3.6 4.3.6 4.3.6 HDD SMART Monitoring HDD SMART Monitoring HDD SMART Monitoring HDD SMART Monitoring HDD SMART Monitoring Enables or disables the hard disk Self-Monitoring Analysis & Reporting Technology (SMART) feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.3.7 4.3.7 4.3.7 4.3.7 4.3.7 Installed Memory Installed Memory Installed Memory Installed Memory Installed Memory Shows the size of installed memory.
4-18 4-18 4-18 4-18 4-18 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Press Enter to Set CPU Configuration Chipset PCIPnP Onboard Device Configuration USB Configuration JumperFree Configuration LAN Cable Status PEG Link Mode Speech Configuration Instant Music 4.4.1 4.4.1 4.4.1 4.4.1 4.4.1 CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration Cool Nâ Quiet [Auto] Cool Nâ Quiet [Auto] Cool Nâ Quiet [Auto] Cool Nâ Quiet [Auto] Cool Nâ Quiet [Auto] Allows you to disable or set the AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology feature. Configuration options: [Auto] [Disabled] ⢠Make sure that the above item is set to Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto i f you want to use the AMD CPU Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology feature. ⢠This feature requires the AMD CPU heatsink and fan assembly with monitor chip. If you purchased a separate heatsink and fan package, use the ASUS Q-Fan Technology feature to automatically adjust the CPU fan speed according to your system loading. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help CPU Configuration CPU Type AMD Athlon(tm) 64 Processor 3400 CPU Speed 2200MHz Cache RAM 512K Current FSB Frequency 200 MHz AMD K8 CoolâÂÂnâÂÂQuiet control [ Auto] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.4 Advanced menu The Advanced menu items allow you to change the settings for the CPU and other system devices. Take caution when changing the settings of the Advanced menu items. Incorrect field values can cause the system to malfunction. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-19 4-19 4-19 4-19 4-19 4.4.2 4.4.2 4.4.2 4.4.2 4.4.2 Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset DRAM Configuration DRAM Configuration DRAM Configuration DRAM Configuration DRAM Configuration The items in this sub-menu show the DRAM-related information auto-detected by the BIOS. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Place an artificial memory clock limit on the system. Memory is prevented from running faster than this frequency. DRAM Configuration Current DRAM Frequency 166 MHz Max Memclock (MHz) [ Auto ] CAS# latency (Tcl) [Auto] RAS# to CAS# delay (Trcd) [Auto] Min RAS# active time(Tras) [Auto] Row precharge Time (Trp) [Auto] Master ECC Enable [Enabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help DRAM timing and control Chipset DRAM Configuration Upstream LDT Bus Width [16 bit] Downstream LDT Bus Width [16 bit] LDT Bus Frequency [Auto] VLink Mode Selection [By Auto] PEG Data Scrambling [Auto] PE0-PE3 Data Scrambling [Enable] Init Display First [PCI Slot Chipset Vcore Adjustment [ 1.6 V] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced Current DRAM Frequency Shows the Transfer mode. This item is not configurable. Max Memclock (MHz) [Auto] Sets the maximum operating memory clock. Configuration options: [Auto] [DDR200] [DDR266] [DDR333] [DDR400]
4-20 4-20 4-20 4-20 4-20 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup CAS# latency (Tcl) [Auto] Controls the latency between the SDRAM read command and the time the data actually becomes available. Configuration options: [Auto] [2.0] [2.5] [3.0] RAS# to CAS# delay (Trcd) [Auto] Controls the latency between the DDR SDRAM active command and the read/write command. Configuration options: [Auto] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] Min RAS# active time (Tras) [Auto] Sets the minimum RAS# active time. Configuration options: [Auto] [5] [6] [7] [8] [9] [10] [11] [12] [13] [14] [15] Row precharge Time (Trp) [Auto] Sets the Row precharge time. Configuration options: [Auto] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] Master ECC Enable [Enabled] Enables or disables the Master ECC feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Upstream LDT Bus Width [16 bit] Upstream LDT Bus Width [16 bit] Upstream LDT Bus Width [16 bit] Upstream LDT Bus Width [16 bit] Upstream LDT Bus Width [16 bit] Sets the upstream Lightning Data Transport (LDT) Bus Width. Configuration options: [ 8 bit] [16 bit] Downstream LDT Bus Width [16 bit] Downstream LDT Bus Width [16 bit] Downstream LDT Bus Width [16 bit] Downstream LDT Bus Width [16 bit] Downstream LDT Bus Width [16 bit] Sets the downstream Lightning Data Transport (LDT) Bus Width. Configuration options: [ 8 bit] [16 bit] LDT Bus Frequency [Auto] LDT Bus Frequency [Auto] LDT Bus Frequency [Auto] LDT Bus Frequency [Auto] LDT Bus Frequency [Auto] Sets the Lightning Data Transport (LDT) Bus frequency. Configuration options: [Auto] [1 GHz] [800 MHz] [600 MHz] [400 MHz] [200 MHz] VLink Mode Selection [By Auto] VLink Mode Selection [By Auto] VLink Mode Selection [By Auto] VLink Mode Selection [By Auto] VLink Mode Selection [By Auto] Sets the VLink mode. Configuration options: [By Auto] [Mode 0] [Mode 1] [Mode 2] [Mode 3] [Mode 4] PEG Data Scrambling [Auto] PEG Data Scrambling [Auto] PEG Data Scrambling [Auto] PEG Data Scrambling [Auto] PEG Data Scrambling [Auto] Disables or enables the PCI Express⢠graphics data scrambling. Configuration options: [Auto] [Disable] [Enable]
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-21 4-21 4-21 4-21 4-21 PE0-PE3 Data Scrambling [Enable] PE0-PE3 Data Scrambling [Enable] PE0-PE3 Data Scrambling [Enable] PE0-PE3 Data Scrambling [Enable] PE0-PE3 Data Scrambling [Enable] Disables or enables the PCI Express⢠0 to PCI Express⢠3 data scrambling. Configuration options: [Disable] [Enable] Init Display First [PCI Slot] Init Display First [PCI Slot] Init Display First [PCI Slot] Init Display First [PCI Slot] Init Display First [PCI Slot] Allows you to select the graphics controller to use as the primary boot device. Configuration options: [PCI Slot] [PCIEx] Chipset Vcore Adjustment [ 1.5 V] Chipset Vcore Adjustment [ 1.5 V] Chipset Vcore Adjustment [ 1.5 V] Chipset Vcore Adjustment [ 1.5 V] Chipset Vcore Adjustment [ 1.5 V] Sets the chipset vcore adjustment voltage. Configuration options: [ 1.5 V] [ 1.6 V] F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Select Yes if you are using a Plug and Play capable operating system. Select No if you need the BIOS to configure non-boot devices. Frequency/Voltage control Plug & Play O/S [ No] Resources Controlled By [Auto] x IRQ Resources PCI/VGA Palette Snoop [Disabled] Assign IRQ for VGA [Enabled] ** PCI Express relative items ** Maximum Payload Size [4096] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.4.3 4.4.3 4.4.3 4.4.3 4.4.3 PCI PnP PCI PnP PCI PnP PCI PnP PCI PnP Plug & Play O/S [No] Plug & Play O/S [No] Plug & Play O/S [No] Plug & Play O/S [No] Plug & Play O/S [No] When set to [No], the BIOS configures all the devices in the system. When set to [Yes] and if you install a Plug and Play operating system, the operating system configures the Plug and Play devices not required for boot. Configuration options: [No] [Yes] Resources Controlled By [Auto] Resources Controlled By [Auto] Resources Controlled By [Auto] Resources Controlled By [Auto] Resources Controlled By [Auto] When set to [Auto], the BIOS automatically configures all the boot and Plug and Play compatible devices. Set to [Manual] if you want to assign the IRQ DMA and memory base address fields. Configuration options: [Auto] [Manual]
4-22 4-22 4-22 4-22 4-22 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup IRQ Resources IRQ Resources IRQ Resources IRQ Resources IRQ Resources This sub-menu is activated only when the Resources Controlled By Resources Controlled By Resources Controlled By Resources Controlled By Resources Controlled By item is set to Manual. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Legacy ISA for devices compliant with the original PC AT bus specification, PCI/ISA PnP for devices compliant with the Plug and Play standard whether designed for PCI or ISA bus architecture IRQ Resources IRQ-3 assigned to [ PCI Device ] IRQ-4 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-5 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-7 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-9 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-10 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-11 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-12 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-14 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-15 assigned to [PCI Device] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced IRQ-xx assigned to When set to [PCI Device], the specific IRQ is free for use of PCI/PnP devices. When set to [Reserved], the IRQ is reserved for legacy ISA devices. Configuration options: [PCI Device] [Reserved] PCI/VGA Palette Snoop [Disabled] PCI/VGA Palette Snoop [Disabled] PCI/VGA Palette Snoop [Disabled] PCI/VGA Palette Snoop [Disabled] PCI/VGA Palette Snoop [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], the pallete snooping feature informs the PCI devices that an ISA graphics device is installed in the system so that the latter can function correctly. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Assign IRQ for VGA [Enabled] Assign IRQ for VGA [Enabled] Assign IRQ for VGA [Enabled] Assign IRQ for VGA [Enabled] Assign IRQ for VGA [Enabled] When set to [Enabled], the BIOS assigns an IRQ to PCI VGA card if the card requests for an IRQ. When set to [Disabled], the BIOS does not assign an IRQ to the PCI VGA card even if requested. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Maximum Payload Size [4096] Maximum Payload Size [4096] Maximum Payload Size [4096] Maximum Payload Size [4096] Maximum Payload Size [4096] Sets the maximum payload size in bytes for PCI Express devices. Configuration options: [128] [256] [512] [1024] [2048] [4096] When the item Resources Controlled By is set to [Auto], the item IRQ Resources is grayed out and not user-configurable. Refer to the section âÂÂIRQ Resourcesâ for information on how to enable this item.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-23 4-23 4-23 4-23 4-23 F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Enable/Disable Onboard 1394 device support. Onboard Device Configuration Onboard 1394 Controller [ Enabled] Onboard PCIE GbE LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] Onboard Wireless LAN [Enabled] OnChip SATA [Enabled] SATA Mode [RAID] Onboard AC97 Audio [Auto] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Parallel Port Mode [ECP EPP] EPP Mode Select [EPP1.7] ECP MOde Use DMA [3] Game Port Address [201] Midi Port Address [330] Midi Port IRQ [10] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.4.4 4.4.4 4.4.4 4.4.4 4.4.4 Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard 1394 Controller [Enabled] Onboard 1394 Controller [Enabled] Onboard 1394 Controller [Enabled] Onboard 1394 Controller [Enabled] Onboard 1394 Controller [Enabled] Enables or disables the onboard 1394 controller. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] OnBoard PCIEX GbE LAN [Enabled] OnBoard PCIEX GbE LAN [Enabled] OnBoard PCIEX GbE LAN [Enabled] OnBoard PCIEX GbE LAN [Enabled] OnBoard PCIEX GbE LAN [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onboard PCI Express Gigabit LAN controller. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] OnBoard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] OnBoard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] OnBoard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] OnBoard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] OnBoard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onboard LAN boot ROM. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] OnBoard Wireless LAN [Enabled] OnBoard Wireless LAN [Enabled] OnBoard Wireless LAN [Enabled] OnBoard Wireless LAN [Enabled] OnBoard Wireless LAN [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onboard Wi-Fi controller. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] OnChip SATA [Enabled] OnChip SATA [Enabled] OnChip SATA [Enabled] OnChip SATA [Enabled] OnChip SATA [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onboard VIA Serial ATA controller. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] SATA Mode [RAID] SATA Mode [RAID] SATA Mode [RAID] SATA Mode [RAID] SATA Mode [RAID] Allows you to set the onboard VIA SATA RAID controller mode. Configuration options: [IDE] [RAID]
4-24 4-24 4-24 4-24 4-24 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Onboard AC97 Audio [Auto] Onboard AC97 Audio [Auto] Onboard AC97 Audio [Auto] Onboard AC97 Audio [Auto] Onboard AC97 Audio [Auto] Allows you to disable or set the onboard AC97 audio controller . Configuration options: [Disabled] [Auto] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Allows you to select the Serial Port1 base address. Configuration options: [Disabled] [3F8/IRQ4] [2F8/IRQ3] [3E8/IRQ4] [2E8/IRQ3] [Auto] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Allows you to select the Parallel Port base addresses. Configuration options: [Disabled] [378/IRQ7] [278/IRQ5] [3BC/IRQ7] Parallel Port Mode [ECP EPP] Parallel Port Mode [ECP EPP] Parallel Port Mode [ECP EPP] Parallel Port Mode [ECP EPP] Parallel Port Mode [ECP EPP] Allows you to select the Parallel Port mode. Configuration options: [Normal] [SPP] [EPP] [ECP] [ECP EPP] [Normal] EPP Mode Select [EPP1.7] EPP Mode Select [EPP1.7] EPP Mode Select [EPP1.7] EPP Mode Select [EPP1.7] EPP Mode Select [EPP1.7] Allows selection of the Parallel Port EPP version. Configuration options: [EPP1.9] [EPP1.7] ECP Mode Use DMA [3] ECP Mode Use DMA [3] ECP Mode Use DMA [3] ECP Mode Use DMA [3] ECP Mode Use DMA [3] Allows selection of ECP Mode. Configuration options: [1] [3] Game Port Address [201] Game Port Address [201] Game Port Address [201] Game Port Address [201] Game Port Address [201] Allows you to select the Game Port address or to disable the port. Configuration options: [Disabled] [201] [209] Midi Port Address [330] Midi Port Address [330] Midi Port Address [330] Midi Port Address [330] Midi Port Address [330] Allows you to select the Game Port address or to disable the port. Configuration options: [Disabled] [330] [300] [290] Midi Port IRQ [10] Midi Port IRQ [10] Midi Port IRQ [10] Midi Port IRQ [10] Midi Port IRQ [10] Allows you to set the Midi port IRQ address. Configuration options: [5] [10]
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-25 4-25 4-25 4-25 4-25 F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help USB Configuration OnChip USB Controller [ Enabled] OnChip EHCI Controller [Enabled] USB Legacy support [Enabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.4.5 4.4.5 4.4.5 4.4.5 4.4.5 USB Configuration USB Configuration USB Configuration USB Configuration USB Configuration The items in this menu allows you to change the USB-related features. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the configuration options. OnChip USB Controller [Enabled] OnChip USB Controller [Enabled] OnChip USB Controller [Enabled] OnChip USB Controller [Enabled] OnChip USB Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onchip USB controller. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] OnChip EHCI Controller [Enabled] OnChip EHCI Controller [Enabled] OnChip EHCI Controller [Enabled] OnChip EHCI Controller [Enabled] OnChip EHCI Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onchip Enhanced Host Controller Interface (EHCI) controller. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] USB Legacy Support [Enabled] USB Legacy Support [Enabled] USB Legacy Support [Enabled] USB Legacy Support [Enabled] USB Legacy Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable support for USB devices on legacy operating systems (OS). Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4-26 4-26 4-26 4-26 4-26 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.4.6 4.4.6 4.4.6 4.4.6 4.4.6 JumperFree Configuration JumperFree Configuration JumperFree Configuration JumperFree Configuration JumperFree Configuration Overclock Profile [Auto] Overclock Profile [Auto] Overclock Profile [Auto] Overclock Profile [Auto] Overclock Profile [Auto] Allows selection of CPU overclocking options to achieve desired CPU internal frequency. Select either one of the preset overclocking configuration options: Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual Allows you to individually set overclocking parameters. Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Loads the optimal settings for the system. Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Loads the standard settings for the system. Overclock Profile Overclock Profile Overclock Profile Overclock Profile Overclock Profile Loads overclocking profiles with optimal parameters for stability when overclocking. AI N.O.S. AI N.O.S. AI N.O.S. AI N.O.S. AI N.O.S. The ASUS AI Non-delay Overclocking System feature intelligently determines the system load and automatically boost the performance for the most demanding tasks. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help JumperFree Configuration Overclock Profile [ Auto] x Overclock Options Overclock 3% x N.O.S. Option Overclock 3% x Frequency Configuration x CPU Multiplier Auto x Hammer Vid control Startup x Memory Voltage Adjustment 2.70 V x CPU Vcore Adjustment 100 mv Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-27 4-27 4-27 4-27 4-27 The following items are user-configurable only when the AI Overclocking item is set to [Manual]. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help JumperFree Configuration Overclock Profile [ Auto] x Overclock Options Disabled x N.O.S. Option Disabled Frequency Configuration CPU Multiplier [Auto] Hammer Vid control [Startup] Memory Voltage Adjustment [2.75 V] CPU Vcore Adjustment [ 100 mv] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Frequency Configuration Spread Spectrum [ Auto] PCIEx clock Sync. to CPU [Enable] x PCIEx Clock 100MHz PCI clock Sync. to CPU [Enabled] x PCI Clock 33.0 MHz CPU Clock [200MHz] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced Spread Spectrum [Auto] Enables or disables the clock generator spread spectrum. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Auto] Frequency Configuration Frequency Configuration Frequency Configuration Frequency Configuration Frequency Configuration The items in this sub-menu show the frequency information auto-detected by the BIOS.
4-28 4-28 4-28 4-28 4-28 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Selecting a very high CPU frequency may cause the system to become unstable! If this happens, revert to the default setting. PCIEx clock Sync. to CPU [Enable] Enables or disables the PCI Express⢠synchronous clock to the CPU. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] PCIEx Clock [XXX] (value is auto-detected) Allows you to set the PCI Express clock frequency. This item is user-configurable only when the PCIEx clock Sync. to CPU PCIEx clock Sync. to CPU PCIEx clock Sync. to CPU PCIEx clock Sync. to CPU PCIEx clock Sync. to CPU item is set to Disabled. The BIOS detects the default value of this item. Press <Enter> then key-in desired PCI Express clock frequency within range. PCI clock Sync. to CPU [Enable] Enables or disables the PCI synchronous clock to the CPU. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] PCI Clock [XXX] (value is auto-detected) Allows you to set the PCI clock frequency. This item is user-configurable only when the PCI clock Sync. to CPU PCI clock Sync. to CPU PCI clock Sync. to CPU PCI clock Sync. to CPU PCI clock Sync. to CPU item is set to Disabled. The BIOS detects the default value of this item. Press <Enter> then key-in desired PCI clock frequency within range. CPU Clock [XXX] (value is auto-detected) Displays the frequency sent by the clock generator to the system bus and PCI bus. The default value of this item is auto-detected by the BIOS. Use the < > and <-> keys to adjust the CPU frequency. Refer to the following table for the correct Front Side Bus and CPU External Frequency settings. CPU Multiplier [Auto] CPU Multiplier [Auto] CPU Multiplier [Auto] CPU Multiplier [Auto] CPU Multiplier [Auto] Sets the CPU multiplier. Configuration options: [Auto] [x4] [x4.5] [x5] [x5.5] [x6] [x6.5] [x7] [x7.5] [x8] [x8.5] [x9] [x9.5] [x10] [x10.5] [x11] [x11.5] [x12] [x12.5] [x13] [x13.5] [x14] [x14.5] [x15] [x15.5] [x16] [x16.5] [x17] [x17.5] [x18] [x18.5] [x19] [x19.5] [x20]
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-29 4-29 4-29 4-29 4-29 Overclock Options [Overclock 3%] Overclock Options [Overclock 3%] Overclock Options [Overclock 3%] Overclock Options [Overclock 3%] Overclock Options [Overclock 3%] Allows you to set the oveclocking options. Configuration options: [Overclock 3%] [Overclock 5%] [Overclock 8%] [Overclock 10%] The following item is user-configurable only when the AI Overclocking item is set to [AI Overclock]. Hammer Vid control [Startup] Hammer Vid control [Startup] Hammer Vid control [Startup] Hammer Vid control [Startup] Hammer Vid control [Startup] Sets the Hammer Voltage ID control. Configuration options: [Startup] [1.5625v] [1.550 v] [1.5375v] [1.525 v] [1.5125v] [1.500 v] [1.4875v] [1.475 v] [1.4625v] [1.450 v] [1.4375v] [1.425 v] [1.4125v] [1.400 v] [1.3875v] [1.375 v] [1.3625v] [1.350 v] [1.3375v] [1.325 v] [1.3125v] [1.300 v] [1.2875v] [1.275 v] [1.2625v] [1.250 v] [1.2375v] [1.225 v] [1.2125v] [1.200 v] [1.1875v] [1.175 v] [1.1625v] [1.150 v] [1.1375v] [1.125 v] [1.1125v] [1.100 v] [1.0875v] [1.075 v] [1.0625v] [1.050 v] [1.0375v] [1.025 v] [1.0125v] [1.000 v] [0.9875v] [0.975 v] [0.9625v] [0.950 v] [0.9375v] [0.925 v] [0.9125v] [0.900 v] [0.8875v] [0.875 v] [0.8625v] [0.850 v] [0.8375v] [0.825 v] [0.8125v] [0.800 v] Memory Voltage Adjustment [2.75 V] Memory Voltage Adjustment [2.75 V] Memory Voltage Adjustment [2.75 V] Memory Voltage Adjustment [2.75 V] Memory Voltage Adjustment [2.75 V] Sets the memory adjustment voltage. Configuration options: [2.60 V] [2.65 V] [2.70 V] [2.75 V] [2.80 V] [2.85 V] [2.90 V] [2.95 V] [3.00 V] CPU VCore Offset [ 100 mv] CPU VCore Offset [ 100 mv] CPU VCore Offset [ 100 mv] CPU VCore Offset [ 100 mv] CPU VCore Offset [ 100 mv] Sets the CPU Vcore offset voltage. Configuration options: [ 100 mv] [ 200 mv] The following item is user-configurable only when the AI Overclocking item is set to [AI N.O.S.]. N.O.S. Option [Disable] N.O.S. Option [Disable] N.O.S. Option [Disable] N.O.S. Option [Disable] N.O.S. Option [Disable] Allows you to disable or set the Non-Delay Overclocking System mode. Configuration options: [Disable] [Overclock 3%] [Overclock 5%] [Overclock 8%] [Overclock 10%]
4-30 4-30 4-30 4-30 4-30 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.4.8 4.4.8 4.4.8 4.4.8 4.4.8 PEG Link Mode PEG Link Mode PEG Link Mode PEG Link Mode PEG Link Mode F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Enhance performance on NVidia 6x00 PCIE serial graphic card. JumperFree Configuration PEG Link Mode [ Auto] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced PEG Link Mode [Auto] PEG Link Mode [Auto] PEG Link Mode [Auto] PEG Link Mode [Auto] PEG Link Mode [Auto] Allows you to enhance the performance of your PCI Express graphics card. Configuration options: [Auto] [Slow] [Normal] [Fast] [Faster] POST Check LAN cable [Disabled] POST Check LAN cable [Disabled] POST Check LAN cable [Disabled] POST Check LAN cable [Disabled] POST Check LAN cable [Disabled] Enables or disables checking of the LAN cable during the Power-On Self-Test (POST). Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.4.7 4.4.7 4.4.7 4.4.7 4.4.7 LAN Cable Status LAN Cable Status LAN Cable Status LAN Cable Status LAN Cable Status The items in this menu displays the status of the Local Area Network (LAN) cable. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Enable/Disable Speech IC Controller JumperFree Configuration POST Check LAN Cable [ Disabled] Pair Status Length 1-2 Open N/A 3-6 Open N/A 4-5 Open N/A 7-8 Open N/A Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-31 4-31 4-31 4-31 4-31 Speech IC Reporter [Enabled] Speech IC Reporter [Enabled] Speech IC Reporter [Enabled] Speech IC Reporter [Enabled] Speech IC Reporter [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the ASUS Speech POST Reporter⢠feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The following items appear only when Speech POST Reporter is set to Enabled. Report IDE Error [Disabled] Report IDE Error [Disabled] Report IDE Error [Disabled] Report IDE Error [Disabled] Report IDE Error [Disabled] Enables or disables the report feature in the event of an IDE error. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Report System Booting [Disabled] Report System Booting [Disabled] Report System Booting [Disabled] Report System Booting [Disabled] Report System Booting [Disabled] Enables or disables the report after booting the system. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.4.9 4.4.9 4.4.9 4.4.9 4.4.9 Speech Configuration Speech Configuration Speech Configuration Speech Configuration Speech Configuration F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Enable/Disable Speech IC Controller JumperFree Configuration Speech IC Reporter [ Enabled] Report IDE Error [Disabled] Report System Booting [Disabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced
4-32 4-32 4-32 4-32 4-32 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Instant Music [Disabled] Instant Music [Disabled] Instant Music [Disabled] Instant Music [Disabled] Instant Music [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the ASUS Instant Music feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Instant Music CD-ROM Drive [Primary Master] Instant Music CD-ROM Drive [Primary Master] Instant Music CD-ROM Drive [Primary Master] Instant Music CD-ROM Drive [Primary Master] Instant Music CD-ROM Drive [Primary Master] Allows you to select the CD-ROM drive that you wish to use for the Instant Music CD playback. Configuration options: [Primary Master] [Primary Slave] [Secondary Master] [Secondary Slave] 4.4.10 4.4.10 4.4.10 4.4.10 4.4.10 Instant Music Instant Music Instant Music Instant Music Instant Music F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help If enabled, power up by PS/2 keyboard function will be disabled. JumperFree Configuration Instant Music [ Disabled] x Instant Music CD-ROM Drive Primary Master Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced Enabling Instant Music automatically disables the PS/2 keyboard power up feature.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-33 4-33 4-33 4-33 4-33 4.5 Power menu The Power menu items allow you to change the settings for the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) and the Advanced Power Management (APM). Select an item then press <Enter> to display the configuration options. Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Select the ACPI state used for System Suspend. ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] ACPI APIC support [Enabled] APM Configuration Hardware Monitor F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit 4.5.1 4.5.1 4.5.1 4.5.1 4.5.1 ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] Allows you to select the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) state to be used for system suspend. Configuration options: [S1 (POS)] [S3(STR)] [S1&S3] 4.5.2 4.5.2 4.5.2 4.5.2 4.5.2 ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) support in the Application-Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). When set to Enabled, the ACPI APIC table pointer is included in the RSDT pointer list. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4-34 4-34 4-34 4-34 4-34 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.5.3 4.5.3 4.5.3 4.5.3 4.5.3 APM Configuration APM Configuration APM Configuration APM Configuration APM Configuration F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help When Select Password, Please press ENTER key to change Password Max 8 numbers. APM Configuration PS2KB Wakeup from S5 [ Disabled] PS2MS Wakeup from S5 [Disabled] USB Resume from S3 [Disabled] Power Up On PCI Devices [Disabled] Modem Ring Resume [Disabled] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] x Date (of Month) 0 x Resume Time (hh:mm:ss) 0 : 0 : 0 Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant Off] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power PS2KB Wakeup from S5 [Disabled] PS2KB Wakeup from S5 [Disabled] PS2KB Wakeup from S5 [Disabled] PS2KB Wakeup from S5 [Disabled] PS2KB Wakeup from S5 [Disabled] Allows you to disable the Power On by PS/2 keyboard function or set specific keys on the PS/2 keyboard to turn on the system. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Space Bar] [Ctrl ESC] [Power Key] PS2MS Wakeup from S5 [Disabled] PS2MS Wakeup from S5 [Disabled] PS2MS Wakeup from S5 [Disabled] PS2MS Wakeup from S5 [Disabled] PS2MS Wakeup from S5 [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this parameter allows you to use the PS/2 mouse to turn on the system. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power Up On PCI Devices [Disabled] Power Up On PCI Devices [Disabled] Power Up On PCI Devices [Disabled] Power Up On PCI Devices [Disabled] Power Up On PCI Devices [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this parameter allows you to turn on the system through a PCI LAN or modem card. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Modem Ring Resume [Disabled] Modem Ring Resume [Disabled] Modem Ring Resume [Disabled] Modem Ring Resume [Disabled] Modem Ring Resume [Disabled] This allows either settings of [Enabled] or [Disabled] for powering up the computer when the external modem receives a call while the computer is in Soft-off mode. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-35 4-35 4-35 4-35 4-35 Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable RTC to generate a wake event. When this item is set to Enabled, the items Date (of Month) and Resume Time (hh:mm:ss) become configurable with set values. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Date (of Month) [0] Date (of Month) [0] Date (of Month) [0] Date (of Month) [0] Date (of Month) [0] To set the date of alarm, highlight this item and press <Enter> to display the Day of Month Alarm pop-up menu. Key-in a value within the specified range then press <Enter>. Configuration options: [Min=0] [Max=31] Resume Time (hh:mm:ss) 0 : 0 : 0 Resume Time (hh:mm:ss) 0 : 0 : 0 Resume Time (hh:mm:ss) 0 : 0 : 0 Resume Time (hh:mm:ss) 0 : 0 : 0 Resume Time (hh:mm:ss) 0 : 0 : 0 To set the time of alarm: 1. Highlight this item and press <Enter> to display a pop-up menu for the hour field. 2. Key-in a value (Min=0, Max=23), then press <Enter>. 3. Press <TAB> to move to the minutes field then press <Enter>. 4. Key-in a minute value (Min=0, Max=59), then press <Enter>. 5. Press <TAB> to move to the seconds field then press <Enter>. 6. Key-in a value (Min=0, Max=59), then press <Enter>. Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] When set to Power Off, the system goes into off state after an AC power loss. When set to Power On, the system goes on after an AC power loss. When set to Last State, the system goes into either off or on state, whatever the system state was before the AC power loss. Configuration options: [Power Off] [Power On] [Last State] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] Allows you to set the event after the power button is pressed for more than 4 seconds. Configuration options: [Suspend] [Instant-Off]
4-36 4-36 4-36 4-36 4-36 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.5.4 4.5.4 4.5.4 4.5.4 4.5.4 Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor The items in this sub-menu displays the hardware monitor values automatically detected by the BIOS. It also allows you to change CPU Q-Fan feature-related parameters. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the configuration options. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Hardware Monitor M/B Temperature 34úC/ 93úF Current CPU1 Temperature 47úC/118úF Chassis Fan speed 0 RPM CPU Fan speed 4265 RPM Chipset Fan speed 7500 RPM Chassis Fan2 speed 6367 RPM VCORE Voltage 1.64V 12V Voltage 11.35V 3.3V Voltage 3.36V 5VCC Voltage 5.22V Q-FAN Function [ Disabled] x CPU Target Temperature 45úC/113úF x Temperature Tolerance 3úC x Minimum FAN Duty Cycle 11/16 x FAN Step Time 0.1 sec Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power M/B Temperature M/B Temperature M/B Temperature M/B Temperature M/B Temperature Current CPU1 Temperature Current CPU1 Temperature Current CPU1 Temperature Current CPU1 Temperature Current CPU1 Temperature The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the motherboard and CPU temperatures. These items are not user-configurable. Chassis Fan Speed Chassis Fan Speed Chassis Fan Speed Chassis Fan Speed Chassis Fan Speed CPU Fan Speed CPU Fan Speed CPU Fan Speed CPU Fan Speed CPU Fan Speed Chipset Fan Speed Chipset Fan Speed Chipset Fan Speed Chipset Fan Speed Chipset Fan Speed Chassis Fan2 Speed Chassis Fan2 Speed Chassis Fan2 Speed Chassis Fan2 Speed Chassis Fan2 Speed The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the Chassis, CPU, and Power fan speeds in rotations per minute (RPM). If the fan is not connected to the motherboard, the field shows 0. These items are not user-configurable. VCORE Voltage, 12V Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5VCC VCORE Voltage, 12V Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5VCC VCORE Voltage, 12V Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5VCC VCORE Voltage, 12V Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5VCC VCORE Voltage, 12V Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5VCC Voltage Voltage Voltage Voltage Voltage The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects the voltage output through the onboard voltage regulators. These items are not user-configurable. Q-FAN Function [Disabled] Q-FAN Function [Disabled] Q-FAN Function [Disabled] Q-FAN Function [Disabled] Q-FAN Function [Disabled] Allows you to disable or enable the ASUS Q-Fan function. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-37 4-37 4-37 4-37 4-37 CPU Target Temperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] CPU Target Temperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] CPU Target Temperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] CPU Target Temperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] CPU Target Temperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] Allows you to set the CPU Q-Fan temperature threshold when the CPU fan speed is increased to lower the CPU temperature. Configuration options: [10úC/50úF] [15úC/59úF] [20úC/68úF] [25úC/77úF] [30úC/86úF] [35úC/95úF] [40úC/104úF] [45úC/113úF] [50úC/122úF] [55úC/131úF] [60úC/140úF] [65úC/149úF] [70úC/158úF] [75úC/167úF] [80úC/176úF] [85úC/185úF] Temperature Tolerance [3úC] Temperature Tolerance [3úC] Temperature Tolerance [3úC] Temperature Tolerance [3úC] Temperature Tolerance [3úC] Allows you to set the CPU temperature tolerance value. Configuration options: [0úC] [1úC] [2úC] [3úC] [4úC] [5úC] [6úC] [7úC] Minimum FAN Duty Cycle [11/16] Minimum FAN Duty Cycle [11/16] Minimum FAN Duty Cycle [11/16] Minimum FAN Duty Cycle [11/16] Minimum FAN Duty Cycle [11/16] Allows you to set the minimum fan duty cycle. Configuration options: [11/16] [12/16] [13/16] [14/16] [15/16] FAN Step Time [0.1 sec] FAN Step Time [0.1 sec] FAN Step Time [0.1 sec] FAN Step Time [0.1 sec] FAN Step Time [0.1 sec] Allows you to select the fan speed time interval. Configuration options: [0.1 sec] [0.2 sec] [0.3 sec] [0.4 sec] [0.5 sec] [0.6 sec] [0.7 sec] [0.8 sec] [0.9 sec] [1.0 sec] [1.1 sec] [1.2 sec] [1.3 sec] [1.4 sec] [1.5 sec] [1.6 sec] 4.6 Boot menu The Boot menu items allow you to change the system boot options. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Boot Device Priority Removable Drives Hard Disk Drives CDROM Drives Boot Settings Configuration Security F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit
4-38 4-38 4-38 4-38 4-38 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.6.1 4.6.1 4.6.1 4.6.1 4.6.1 Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [Removable] 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [Removable] 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [Removable] 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [Removable] 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [Removable] These items specify the boot device priority sequence from the available devices. The number of device items that appears on the screen depends on the number of devices installed in the system. Configuration options: [xxxxx Drive] [Disabled] F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Select your boot device priority Boot Device Priority 1st Boot Device [ Removable] 2nd Boot Device [Hard Disk] 3rd Boot Device [CDROM] 4th Boot Device [Disabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power 4.6.2 4.6.2 4.6.2 4.6.2 4.6.2 Removable Drives Removable Drives Removable Drives Removable Drives Removable Drives 1. Floppy Disks 1. Floppy Disks 1. Floppy Disks 1. Floppy Disks 1. Floppy Disks Allows you to assign a removable drive attached to the system. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Use < âÂÂ> or < â > to select a device, then press < > to move it up, or <-> to move it down the list. Press <ESC> to exit this menu. Removable Drives 1. Floppy Disks Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-39 4-39 4-39 4-39 4-39 4.6.3 4.6.3 4.6.3 4.6.3 4.6.3 Hard Disk Drives Hard Disk Drives Hard Disk Drives Hard Disk Drives Hard Disk Drives 1. 1st Master: XXXXXXXXX 1. 1st Master: XXXXXXXXX 1. 1st Master: XXXXXXXXX 1. 1st Master: XXXXXXXXX 1. 1st Master: XXXXXXXXX Allows you to assign hard disk drives attached to the system. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Use < âÂÂ> or < â > to select a device, then press < > to move it up, or <-> to move it down the list. Press <ESC> to exit this menu. Hard Disk Drives 1. 1st Master: XXXXXXXXX 2. Bootable Add-in Cards Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot 4.6.4 4.6.4 4.6.4 4.6.4 4.6.4 CDROM Drives CDROM Drives CDROM Drives CDROM Drives CDROM Drives 1. 1st Slave: XXXXXXXXX 1. 1st Slave: XXXXXXXXX 1. 1st Slave: XXXXXXXXX 1. 1st Slave: XXXXXXXXX 1. 1st Slave: XXXXXXXXX Allows you to assign optical drives attached to the system. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Use < âÂÂ> or < â > to select a device, then press < > to move it up, or <-> to move it down the list. Press <ESC> to exit this menu. CDROM Drives 1. 1st Slave: XXXXXXXXX Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot
4-40 4-40 4-40 4-40 4-40 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup The items Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) and Typematic Delay Typematic Delay Typematic Delay Typematic Delay Typematic Delay (Msec) (Msec) (Msec) (Msec) (Msec) becomes user-configurable only when the item Typematic Rate Setting is enabled. 4.6.5 4.6.5 4.6.5 4.6.5 4.6.5 Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Press [Enter] to enable or disable. Boot Settings Configuration Case Open Warning [ Enabled ] Quick Boot [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Enabled] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] x Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) 6 x Typematic Delay (Msec) 250 OS Select For DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Halt On [All, But Keyboard] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot Case Open Warning [Enabled] Case Open Warning [Enabled] Case Open Warning [Enabled] Case Open Warning [Enabled] Case Open Warning [Enabled] Enables or disables the chassis open status feature. Setting to Enabled, clears the chassis open status. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Enables or disables the quick boot feature. When Enabled, the system skips certain tests while booting. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Enabled] Enables or disables the chassis open status feature. Setting to Enabled, clears the chassis open status. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Allows you to select the power-on state for the NumLock. Configuration options: [Off] [On] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] Allows you to set the keystroke rate. Enable this item to configure the Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) and the Typematic Delay (Msec) Typematic Delay (Msec) Typematic Delay (Msec) Typematic Delay (Msec) Typematic Delay (Msec) . Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-41 4-41 4-41 4-41 4-41 Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) [6] Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) [6] Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) [6] Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) [6] Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) [6] Allows you to select the rate at which a character repeats when you hold a key. Configuration options: [6] [8] [10] [12] [15] [20] [24] [30] Typematic Delay (Msec) [250] Typematic Delay (Msec) [250] Typematic Delay (Msec) [250] Typematic Delay (Msec) [250] Typematic Delay (Msec) [250] Allows you to set the delay before keystrokes begin to repeat. Configuration options: [250] [500] [750] [1000] OS Select for DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] OS Select for DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] OS Select for DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] OS Select for DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] OS Select for DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] Set this item to OS2 only when you are running on an OS/2 operating system with an installed RAM of greater than 64 KB. Configuration options: [Non-OS2] [OS2] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the full screen logo display feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Make sure that the above item is set to [Enabled] if you want to use the ASUS MyLogo2⢠feature. Halt On [All, But Keyboard] Halt On [All, But Keyboard] Halt On [All, But Keyboard] Halt On [All, But Keyboard] Halt On [All, But Keyboard] Allows you to error report type. Configuration options: [All Errors] [No Errors] [All, But Keyboard] [All, But Diskette] [All, But Disk/Key]
4-42 4-42 4-42 4-42 4-42 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.6.6 4.6.6 4.6.6 4.6.6 4.6.6 Security Security Security Security Security F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Supervisor password controls full access, <Enter> to change password. Boot Settings Configuration Supervisor Password Clear User Password Clear Password Check [Setup] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot Supervisor Password Supervisor Password Supervisor Password Supervisor Password Supervisor Password User Password User Password User Password User Password User Password These fields allow you to set passwords: To set a password: 1. Select an item then press <Enter>. 2. Type in a password using a combination of a maximum of eight (8) alpha-numeric characters, then press <Enter>. 3. When prompted, confirm the password by typing the exact characters again, then press <Enter>. The password field setting is changed to Set. To clear the password: 1. Select the password field and press <Enter> twice. The following message appears: PASSWORD DISABLED !!! Press any key to continue... 2. Press any key to continue. The password field setting is changed to Clear.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-43 4-43 4-43 4-43 4-43 A note about passwords A note about passwords A note about passwords A note about passwords A note about passwords The Supervisor password is required to enter the BIOS Setup program preventing unauthorized access. The User password is required to boot the system preventing unauthorized use. Forgot your password? Forgot your password? Forgot your password? Forgot your password? Forgot your password? If you forget your password, you can clear it by erasing the CMOS Real Time Clock (RTC) RAM. The RAM data containing the password information is powered by the onboard button cell battery. If you need to erase the CMOS RAM, refer to section âÂÂ2.6 Jumpersâ for instructions. Password Check Password Check Password Check Password Check Password Check This field requires you to enter the password before entering the BIOS setup or the system. Select [Setup] to require the password before entering the BIOS Setup. Select [System] to require the password before entering the system. Configuration options: [Setup] [System]
4-44 4-44 4-44 4-44 4-44 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help This option save data to CMOS and exiting the setup menu. Exit & Save Changes Exit & Discard Changes Load Setup Default Discard Changes F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit 4.7 Exit menu The Exit menu items allow you to load the optimal or failsafe default values for the BIOS items, and save or discard your changes to the BIOS items. Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Once you are finished making your selections, choose this option from the Exit menu to ensure the values you selected are saved to the CMOS RAM. An onboard backup battery sustains the CMOS RAM so it stays on even when the PC is turned off. When you select this option, a confirmation window appears. Select Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes to save changes and exit. Pressing <Esc> does not immediately exit this menu. Select one of the options from this menu or <F10> from the legend bar to exit. Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Select this option only if you do not want to save the changes that you made to the Setup program. If you made changes to fields other than System Date, System Time, and Password, the BIOS asks for a confirmation before exiting. If you attempt to exit the Setup program without saving your changes, the program prompts you with a message asking if you want to save your changes before exiting. Press <Enter> to save the changes while exiting.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-45 4-45 4-45 4-45 4-45 Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults This option allows you to load the default values for each of the parameters on the Setup menus. When you select this option or if you press <F5>, a confirmation window appears. Select Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes to load default values. Select Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes o r make other changes before saving the values to the non-volatile RAM. Discard Changes Discard Changes Discard Changes Discard Changes Discard Changes This option allows you to discard the selections you made and restore the previously saved values. After selecting this option, a confirmation appears. Select Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes to discard any changes and load the previously saved values.
4-46 4-46 4-46 4-46 4-46 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup
5 Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe Chapter summary 5.1 Installing an operating system ............................................. 5-1 5.2 Support CD information ........................................................ 5-1 5.3 Software information ........................................................... 5-9 5.4 RAID configurations ............................................................ 5-18 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk ................................................. 5-26 5.6 Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology ............................................... 5-27
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 5-1 5-1 5-1 5-1 5-1 If Autorun Autorun Autorun Autorun Autorun i s NOT enabled in your computer, browse the contents of the support CD to locate the file ASSETUP.EXE from the BIN folder. Double-click the ASSETUP.EXE ASSETUP.EXE ASSETUP.EXE ASSETUP.EXE ASSETUP.EXE t o run the CD. Click an item to install Click an item to install Click an item to install Click an item to install Click an item to install 5.1 Installing an operating system This motherboard supports Windows î 2000/2003 Server/XP operating systems (OS). Always install the latest OS version and corresponding updates to maximize the features of your hardware. 5.2 Support CD information The support CD that came with the motherboard package contains the drivers, software applications, and utilities that you can install to avail all motherboard features. 5.2.1 5.2.1 5.2.1 5.2.1 5.2.1 Running the support CD Running the support CD Running the support CD Running the support CD Running the support CD Place the support CD to the optical drive. The CD automatically displays the Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer. ⢠Motherboard settings and hardware options vary. Use the setup procedures presented in this chapter for reference only. Refer to your OS documentation for detailed information. ⢠Make sure that you install Windows î 2000 Service Pack 4 or the Windows î XP Service Pack1 or later versions before installing the drivers for better compatibility and system stability. The contents of the support CD are subject to change at any time without notice. Visit the ASUS website(www.asus.com) for updates. Click an icon to Click an icon to Click an icon to Click an icon to Click an icon to display support display support display support display support display support CD/motherboard CD/motherboard CD/motherboard CD/motherboard CD/motherboard information information information information information
5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.2.2 5.2.2 5.2.2 5.2.2 5.2.2 Drivers menu Drivers menu Drivers menu Drivers menu Drivers menu The drivers menu shows the available device drivers if the system detects installed devices. Install the necessary drivers to activate the devices. VIA 4 in 1 drivers VIA 4 in 1 drivers VIA 4 in 1 drivers VIA 4 in 1 drivers VIA 4 in 1 drivers This item installs the following drivers: - VIA Registry (INF) driver - VIA ATAPI vendor support driver - VIA PCI IRQ Miniport driver. VIA IDE RAID Controller driver VIA IDE RAID Controller driver VIA IDE RAID Controller driver VIA IDE RAID Controller driver VIA IDE RAID Controller driver Installs the VIA 6420 RAID controller driver and application. Make VIA 6420 Driver Disk Make VIA 6420 Driver Disk Make VIA 6420 Driver Disk Make VIA 6420 Driver Disk Make VIA 6420 Driver Disk Allows you to create a RAID driver disk for the VIA 6420 RAID configuration. PCI Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver PCI Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver PCI Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver PCI Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver PCI Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver Installs the Marvell î Yukon 88E8053 PCI Express⢠Gigabit LAN driver that provides up to 1000 Mbps data transfer rates. ALC850 Audio Driver ALC850 Audio Driver ALC850 Audio Driver ALC850 Audio Driver ALC850 Audio Driver Installs the Realtek î ALC850 audio controller and application.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 5-3 5-3 5-3 5-3 5-3 ASUS Wireless LAN adapter Drivers and Utility ASUS Wireless LAN adapter Drivers and Utility ASUS Wireless LAN adapter Drivers and Utility ASUS Wireless LAN adapter Drivers and Utility ASUS Wireless LAN adapter Drivers and Utility Installs the driver, utilities, and setup wizard for the ASUS WiFi-g⢠wireless solution. Refer to the WiFi-g⢠documentation for details. USB 2.0 Driver USB 2.0 Driver USB 2.0 Driver USB 2.0 Driver USB 2.0 Driver Installs the USB 2.0 driver. AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet Driver AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet Driver AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet Driver AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet Driver AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet Driver Launches the AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology driver installation wizard.
5-4 5-4 5-4 5-4 5-4 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.2.3 5.2.3 5.2.3 5.2.3 5.2.3 Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu The Utilities menu shows the applications and other software that the motherboard supports. Marvell Yukon VCT Application Marvell Yukon VCT Application Marvell Yukon VCT Application Marvell Yukon VCT Application Marvell Yukon VCT Application Installs the Marvell î Yukon Virtual Cable Tester (VCT) application. The VCT is a cable diagnostic application that analyzes and reports LAN cable faults and shorts. See page 5-11 for details. AI Booster AI Booster AI Booster AI Booster AI Booster The ASUS AI Booster application allows you to overclock the CPU speed in a Windows î environment. ASUS PC Probe ASUS PC Probe ASUS PC Probe ASUS PC Probe ASUS PC Probe This smart utility monitors the fan speed, CPU temperature, and system voltages, and alerts you of any detected problems. This utility helps you keep your computer in healthy operating condition. ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update Allows you to download the latest version of the BIOS from the ASUS website. Before using the ASUS Update, make sure that you have an Internet connection so you can connect to the ASUS website.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 5-5 5-5 5-5 5-5 5-5 Microsoft DirectX Microsoft DirectX Microsoft DirectX Microsoft DirectX Microsoft DirectX Installs the Microsoft î DirectX 9.0 driver. The Microsoft DirectX î 9.0 is a multimedia technology that enhances computer graphics and sound. DirectX î improves the multimedia features of you computer so you can enjoy watching TV and movies, capturing videos, or playing games in your computer. Visit the Microsoft website (www.microsoft.com) for updates. Winbond Voice Editor Winbond Voice Editor Winbond Voice Editor Winbond Voice Editor Winbond Voice Editor This program is for recording and customizing wave files for the ASUS POST Reporterâ¢. Use this program to change the default vocal POST messages. See section âÂÂ3.3 Vocal POST Messagesâ for a list of the default messages. Anti-virus Utility Anti-virus Utility Anti-virus Utility Anti-virus Utility Anti-virus Utility The anti-virus application detects and protects your computer from viruses that destroys data. ADOBE Acrobat Reader ADOBE Acrobat Reader ADOBE Acrobat Reader ADOBE Acrobat Reader ADOBE Acrobat Reader Installs the Adobe î Acrobat î Reader that allows you to open, view, and print documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). ASUS Screen Saver ASUS Screen Saver ASUS Screen Saver ASUS Screen Saver ASUS Screen Saver Bring life to your computer screen by installing the ASUS screen saver.
5-6 5-6 5-6 5-6 5-6 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.2.4 5.2.4 5.2.4 5.2.4 5.2.4 ASUS Contact information ASUS Contact information ASUS Contact information ASUS Contact information ASUS Contact information Click the Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact tab to display the ASUS contact information. You can also find this information on the inside front cover of this user guide. 5.2.5 5.2.5 5.2.5 5.2.5 5.2.5 Other information Other information Other information Other information Other information The icons on the top right corner of the screen give additional information on the motherboard and the contents of the support CD. Click an icon to display the specified information. Motherboard Info Motherboard Info Motherboard Info Motherboard Info Motherboard Info Displays the general specifications of the motherboard.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 5-7 5-7 5-7 5-7 5-7 Browse this CD Browse this CD Browse this CD Browse this CD Browse this CD Displays the support CD contents in graphical format. Technical support Form Technical support Form Technical support Form Technical support Form Technical support Form Displays the ASUS Technical Support Request Form that you have to fill out when requesting technical support.
5-8 5-8 5-8 5-8 5-8 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Filelist Filelist Filelist Filelist Filelist Displays the contents of the support CD and a brief description of each in text format.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 5-9 5-9 5-9 5-9 5-9 5.3 Software information Most of the applications in the support CD have wizards that will conveniently guide you through the installation. View the online help or readme file that came with the software application for more information. 5.3.1 5.3.1 5.3.1 5.3.1 5.3.1 ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠The ASUS MyLogo2⢠utility lets you customize the boot logo. The boot logo is the image that appears on screen during the Power-On Self-Tests (POST). The ASUS MyLogo2⢠is automatically installed when you install the ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update utility from the support CD. See section âÂÂ5.2.3 Utilities menuâ for details. To launch the ASUS MyLogo2â¢: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility. Refer to section âÂÂ4.1.5 ASUS Update utilityâ for details. 2. Select Options Options Options Options Options from the drop down menu, then click Next Next Next Next Next . 3. Check the option Launch MyLogo to replace system boot Launch MyLogo to replace system boot Launch MyLogo to replace system boot Launch MyLogo to replace system boot Launch MyLogo to replace system boot logo before flashing BIOS logo before flashing BIOS logo before flashing BIOS logo before flashing BIOS logo before flashing BIOS , then click Next Next Next Next Next . 4. Select Update BIOS from a file Update BIOS from a file Update BIOS from a file Update BIOS from a file Update BIOS from a file from the drop down menu, then click Next Next Next Next Next . 5. When prompted, locate the new BIOS file, then click Next Next Next Next Next . The ASUS MyLogo2 window appears. 6. From the left window pane, select the folder that contains the image you intend to use as your boot logo. ⢠Before using the ASUS MyLogo2â¢, use the AWDFLASH utility to make a copy of your original BIOS file, or obtain the latest BIOS version from the ASUS website. See section âÂÂ4.1.2 Updating the BIOSâÂÂ. ⢠Make sure that the BIOS item Full Screen Logo Full Screen Logo Full Screen Logo Full Screen Logo Full Screen Logo i s set to [Enabled] if you wish to use ASUS MyLogo2. See section âÂÂ4.6.5 Boot Settings ConfigurationâÂÂ. ⢠You can create your own boot logo image in GIF, JPG, or BMP file formats.
5-10 5-10 5-10 5-10 5-10 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 9. When the screen returns to the ASUS Update utility, flash the original BIOS to load the new boot logo. 10. After flashing the BIOS, restart the computer to display the new boot logo during POST. 8. Adjust the boot image to your desired size by selecting a value on the Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio box. 7. When the logo images appear on the right window pane, select an image to enlarge by clicking on it.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 5-11 5-11 5-11 5-11 5-11 3. Click the Run Run Run Run Run button to perform a cable test. 5.3.2 5.3.2 5.3.2 5.3.2 5.3.2 AI NET 2 AI NET 2 AI NET 2 AI NET 2 AI NET 2 The Marvell î Virtual Cable Tester⢠(VCT) is a cable diagnostic utility that reports LAN cable faults and shorts using the Time Domain Reflectometry (TDR) technology. The VCT detects and reports open and shorted cables, impedance mismatches, pair swaps, pair polarity problems, and pair skew problems of up to 100 meters at one meter accuracy. The VCT feature reduces networking and support costs through a highly manageable and controlled network system. This utility can be incorporated in the network systems sofware for ideal field support as well as development diagnostics. Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠To use the the Marvell î Virtual Cable Tester⢠utility: 1. Launch the VCT utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester . 2. Click Virtual Cable Virtual Cable Virtual Cable Virtual Cable Virtual Cable Tester Tester Tester Tester Tester from the menu to display the screen below. ⢠The VCT only runs on systems with Windows î XP or Windows î 2000 operating systems. ⢠The Run Run Run Run Run button on the Virtual Cable Tester⢠main window is disabled if no problem is detected on the LAN cable(s) connected to the LAN port(s). ⢠If you want the system to check the LAN cable before entering the OS, enable the POST Check LAN cable POST Check LAN cable POST Check LAN cable POST Check LAN cable POST Check LAN cable item in the BIOS. See section âÂÂ4.4.7 LAN Cable Statusâ for details.
5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.3.3 5.3.3 5.3.3 5.3.3 5.3.3 Audio configurations Audio configurations Audio configurations Audio configurations Audio configurations The Realtek î ALC850 AC âÂÂ97 audio CODEC provides 8-channel audio capability to deliver the ultimate audio experience on your PC. The software provides Jack-Sensing function (Line-In, Line-Out, Mic-In), S/PDIF out support and interrupt capability. The ALC850 also includes the Realtek î proprietary UAJ î (Universal Audio Jack) technology for three ports (Line-In, Line-Out and Mic-In), eliminating cable connection errors and giving users plug and play convenience. Follow the installation wizard to install the Realtek ALC850 Audio Realtek ALC850 Audio Realtek ALC850 Audio Realtek ALC850 Audio Realtek ALC850 Audio Driver and Application Driver and Application Driver and Application Driver and Application Driver and Application from the support CD that came with the motherboard package. If the Realtek audio software is correctly installed, you will find the SoundEffect icon on the taskbar. From the taskbar, double-click on the SoundEffect SoundEffect SoundEffect SoundEffect SoundEffect icon to display the Realtek Realtek Realtek Realtek Realtek Audio Control Panel Audio Control Panel Audio Control Panel Audio Control Panel Audio Control Panel . Sound Effect options Sound Effect options Sound Effect options Sound Effect options Sound Effect options The Realtek î ALC850 Audio CODEC allows you to set your listening environment, adjust the equalizer, set the karaoke, or select pre-programmed equalizer settings for your listening pleasure. The Jack-sensing and UAJ î technology features are supported on the Line-In, Line-Out, and Mic jacks only. Realtek SoundEffect icon Realtek SoundEffect icon Realtek SoundEffect icon Realtek SoundEffect icon Realtek SoundEffect icon
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 5-13 5-13 5-13 5-13 5-13 S/PDIF option S/PDIF option S/PDIF option S/PDIF option S/PDIF option The Sony/Philips Digital Interface (S/PDIF) options allows you to change your S/PDIF output settings. To set the S/PDIF options: 1. From the Realtek Audio Control Panel, click the SPDIF SPDIF SPDIF SPDIF SPDIF button. 2. Click the option buttons to change your S/PDIF out settings. 3. Click the Exit ( X X X X X) button on the upper-right hand corner of the window to exit. To set the sound effect options: 1. From the Realtek Audio Control Panel, click the Sound Effect Sound Effect Sound Effect Sound Effect Sound Effect button. 2. Click the shortcut buttons to change the acoustic environment, adjust the equalizer, or set the karaoke to your desired settings. 3. The audio settings take effect immediately after you click on the buttons. 4. Click the Exit ( X X X X X) button on the upper-right hand corner of the window to exit.
5-14 5-14 5-14 5-14 5-14 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Speaker Configuration Speaker Configuration Speaker Configuration Speaker Configuration Speaker Configuration This option allows you to set your speaker configuration. To set the speaker configuration: 1. From the Realtek Audio Control Panel, click the Speaker Speaker Speaker Speaker Speaker Configuration Configuration Configuration Configuration Configuration button. 2. Select from the combo list box your current speaker setup, then click Auto Test Auto Test Auto Test Auto Test Auto Test t o test your settings. 3. Click the UAJ Automatic UAJ Automatic UAJ Automatic UAJ Automatic UAJ Automatic button to enable or disable the Universal Audio Jack(UAJ î ) technology feature. 4. Click the Exit ( X X X X X) button on the upper-right hand corner of the window to exit.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 5-15 5-15 5-15 5-15 5-15 5. When finished, the utility prompts the Realtek î EZ-connection dialog box showing your current audio connections. The text at the bottom of the box explains your audio connection status. An X mark denotes an incorrect connection. AI Audio feature AI Audio feature AI Audio feature AI Audio feature AI Audio feature The AI Audio feature works through the connector sensing option that allows you to check if your audio devices are connected properly. To start the connector sensing: 1. From the Realtek Audio Control Panel, click the Connector Sensing Connector Sensing Connector Sensing Connector Sensing Connector Sensing button. 2. Click the Bracket Bracket Bracket Bracket Bracket button to display connected audio devices. 3. Click the Option Option Option Option Option button to change sensing options. 4. Click the Start Start Start Start Start button to start connection sensing. A progress bar displays current connector sensing status. Make sure to exit all audio applications before starting this function.
5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 6. If there are detected problems, make sure that your audio cables are connected to the proper audio jack and repeat connector sensing. 7. Click the X X X X X button to exit EZ-connection dialog box. 8. Click the Exit ( X X X X X) button on the upper-right hand corner of the window to exit audio control panel. HRTF Demo HRTF Demo HRTF Demo HRTF Demo HRTF Demo This option shows a demo of the Head-Related Transfer Functions (HRTF). To start the HRTF demo: 1. From the Realtek Audio Control Panel, click the HRTF Demo HRTF Demo HRTF Demo HRTF Demo HRTF Demo button. 2. Click the option buttons to change the sound, moving path or EAX settings. 3. Click the Play Play Play Play Play button to start or the Stop Stop Stop Stop Stop button to stop. 4. Click the Exit ( X X X X X) button on the upper-right hand corner of the window to exit.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 5-17 5-17 5-17 5-17 5-17 Rear panel audio ports function variation Rear panel audio ports function variation Rear panel audio ports function variation Rear panel audio ports function variation Rear panel audio ports function variation The functions of the Line Out (lime), Line In (blue), Mic (pink), Rear Speaker Out (gray), Side Speaker Out (black), and Center/Subwoofer (yellow orange) ports on the rear panel change when you select the 4-channel, 6-channel or 8-channel audio configurations. See the 8, 6, 4 or 2-channel speaker configuration on page 2-23. General settings General settings General settings General settings General settings This option shows the audio settings and allows you to change the language setting or toggle the SoundEffect icon display on the Windows taskbar. To display the general settings: 1. From the Realtek Audio Control Panel, click the General General General General General button. 2. Click the option button to enable or disable the icon display on the Windows taskbar. 3. Click the Language Language Language Language Language combo list box to change language display. 4. Click the Exit ( X X X X X) button on the upper-right hand corner of the window to exit.
5-18 5-18 5-18 5-18 5-18 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.4 RAID configurations The motherboard comes with the VIA VT8237R Southbridge RAID controller that allows you to configure Serial ATA hard disk drives as RAID sets. The motherboard supports the following RAID configurations. RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 (Data striping) optimizes two identical hard disk drives to read and write data in parallel, interleaved stacks. Two hard disks perform the same work as a single drive but at a sustained data transfer rate, double that of a single disk alone, thus improving data access and storage. Use of two new identical hard disk drives is required for this setup. RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 (Data mirroring) copies and maintains an identical image of data from one drive to a second drive. If one drive fails, the disk array management software directs all applications to the surviving drive as it contains a complete copy of the data in the other drive. This RAID configuration provides data protection and increases fault tolerance to the entire system. Use two new drives or use an existing drive and a new drive for this setup. The new drive must be of the same size or larger than the existing drive. If you want to boot the system from a hard disk drive included in a RAID set, copy first the RAID driver from the support CD to a floppy disk before you install an operating system to a selected hard disk drive. Refer to section âÂÂ5.5 Creating a RAID driver diskâ for details. 5.4.1 5.4.1 5.4.1 5.4.1 5.4.1 Installing hard disks Installing hard disks Installing hard disks Installing hard disks Installing hard disks The motherboard supports Serial ATA hard disk drives. For optimal performance, install identical drives of the same model and capacity when creating a disk array. Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks To install the SATA hard disks for a RAID configuration: 1. Install the SATA hard disks into the drive bays. 2. Connect the SATA signal cables. 3. Connect a SATA power cable to the power connector on each drive.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 5-19 5-19 5-19 5-19 5-19 Entering VIA Tech RAID BIOS Utility Entering VIA Tech RAID BIOS Utility Entering VIA Tech RAID BIOS Utility Entering VIA Tech RAID BIOS Utility Entering VIA Tech RAID BIOS Utility 1. Boot-up your computer. 2. During POST, press <Tab> to enter VIA RAID configuration utility. The following menu options will appear. On the upper-right side of the screen is the message and legend box. The keys on the legend box allows you to navigate through the setup menu options. The message describes the function of each menu item. The following lists the keys found in the legend box with their corresponding functions. <F1> <F1> <F1> <F1> <F1> : View Array/Disk Status â , , , , , â : Move to the next item <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> : Confirm the selection <ESC> <ESC> <ESC> <ESC> <ESC> : Exit The RAID BIOS information on the setup screen shown below is for reference only. What you see on your screen may not exactly match what is shown here. 5.4.2 5.4.2 5.4.2 5.4.2 5.4.2 VIA RAID configurations VIA RAID configurations VIA RAID configurations VIA RAID configurations VIA RAID configurations The motherboard includes a high performance IDE RAID controller integrated in the VIA VT8237R southbridge chipset. It supports RAID 0 and RAID 1 with two independent Serial ATA channels. Create Array Delete Array Create/Delete Spare Select Boot Array Serial Number View VIA Tech. RAID BIOS Ver 1.xx Create a RAID array with the hard disks attached to VIA RAID controller F1 : View Array/Disk Status â , â : Move to next item Enter : Confirm the selection ESC : Exit Channel Drive Name Array Name Mode Size(GB) Status Serial_Ch0 Master XXXXXXXXXXX ARRAY 0 SATA 999.99 XXXXXXX Serial_Ch1 Master XXXXXXXXXXX ARRAY 0 SATA 999.99 XXXXXXX
5-20 5-20 5-20 5-20 5-20 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Create Array Create Array Create Array Create Array Create Array 1. From the VIA RAID BIOS utility main menu, select Create Array Create Array Create Array Create Array Create Array then press <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> . The main menu items on the upper-left corner of the screen are replaced with create array menu options. RAID 0 for performance RAID 0 for performance RAID 0 for performance RAID 0 for performance RAID 0 for performance 1. From the create array menu, select Array Mode Array Mode Array Mode Array Mode Array Mode , then press <Enter>. The supported RAID configurations appear on a pop-up menu. 2. Select RAID 0 for performance RAID 0 for performance RAID 0 for performance RAID 0 for performance RAID 0 for performance then press <Enter>. From this point, you may choose to auto-configure the RAID array by selecting Auto Setup for Performance Auto Setup for Performance Auto Setup for Performance Auto Setup for Performance Auto Setup for Performance o r manually configure the RAID array for stripped sets. If you want to auto-configure, proceed to the next step, otherwise, skip to step 5. 3. Select Auto Setup for Performance Auto Setup for Performance Auto Setup for Performance Auto Setup for Performance Auto Setup for Performance and press <Enter>. The following confirmation message appears. RAID 1 for data protection RAID 0/1 RAID SPAN for capacity RAID 0 for performance Auto create array will destroy all data on disks, Continue? (Y/N) Auto Setup For Data Security Array Mode RAID 1 (Mirroring) Select Disk Drives Start Create Process VIA Tech. RAID BIOS Ver 1.xx Create a RAID array with the hard disks attached to VIA RAID controller F1 : View Array/Disk Status â , â : Move to next item Enter : Confirm the selection ESC : Exit Channel Drive Name Array Name Mode Size(GB) Status Serial_Ch0 Master XXXXXXXXXXX ARRAY 0 SATA 999.99 XXXXXXX Serial_Ch1 Master XXXXXXXXXXX ARRAY 0 SATA 999.99 XXXXXXX
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 5-21 5-21 5-21 5-21 5-21 Use arrow keys to move selection bar on items and press <Enter> to select. 7. Select Start Create Process Start Create Process Start Create Process Start Create Process Start Create Process and press <Enter> to set up hard disk for RAID system. The following confirmation message appears: 8. Press <Y> to confirm or <N> to return to the configuration options. 9. Press <Esc> to go back to main menu. RAID 1 for data protection RAID 1 for data protection RAID 1 for data protection RAID 1 for data protection RAID 1 for data protection 1. From the create array menu, select Array Mode Array Mode Array Mode Array Mode Array Mode , then press <Enter>. The supported RAID configurations appear on a pop-up menu. The data on the selected disks will be destroyed. Continue? (Y/N) 4K 8K 16K 32K 64K RAID 0 for performance RAID 1 for data protection RAID 0/1 RAID SPAN for capacity RAID 1 for data protection TIP: TIP: TIP: TIP: TIP: For server systems, use of a lower array block size is recommended. For multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing, a higher array block size is recommended for optimum performance. 4. Press <Y> to confirm or <N> to return to the configuration options. If you selected <Y>, proceed to step 9. 5. Select Select Disk Drives Select Disk Drives Select Disk Drives Select Disk Drives Select Disk Drives , then press <Enter>. Use arrow keys to select disk drive, then press <Enter> to mark selected drive. An asterisk appears before a selected drive. 6. Select Block Size Block Size Block Size Block Size Block Size , then press <Enter> to set array block size. A list of valid array block sizes are displayed on a pop-up menu. 2. Select RAID 1 for data protection RAID 1 for data protection RAID 1 for data protection RAID 1 for data protection RAID 1 for data protection then press <Enter>.
5-22 5-22 5-22 5-22 5-22 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 8. If you select <Y> the utility will duplicate your data. Press <Y> anytime if you want to exit the duplication process. 3. From this point, you can auto-configure the RAID array by selecting Auto Setup for Data Security Auto Setup for Data Security Auto Setup for Data Security Auto Setup for Data Security Auto Setup for Data Security o r manually configure the RAID array for mirrored sets. If you want to auto-configure, proceed to the next step, otherwise, skip to step 6. 4. Select Auto Setup for Data Security Auto Setup for Data Security Auto Setup for Data Security Auto Setup for Data Security Auto Setup for Data Security and press <Enter>. The following confirmation message appears. The data on the selected disks will be destroyed. Continue? (Y/N) 10. Press <Y> to confirm or <N> to return to the configuration options. 11. Press <Esc> to go back to main menu. Auto create array will destroy all data on disks, Continue? (Y/N) 5. Press <Y> to confirm or <N> to return to the configuration options. If you selected <Y>, proceed to step 11. 6. Select Select Disk Drives Select Disk Drives Select Disk Drives Select Disk Drives Select Disk Drives , then press <Enter>. Use arrow keys to select disk drive/s, then press <Enter>. An asterisk appears before a selected drive. 7. Select Start Create Process Start Create Process Start Create Process Start Create Process Start Create Process and press <Enter> to setup hard disk for RAID system. The following inquiry appears: Save the data on source disk to mirror after creation? (Y/N) Duplicating... RAID 1 for data protection Press Yes(Y) to Escape 9. If you select <N>, the following confirmation message appears.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 5-23 5-23 5-23 5-23 5-23 RAID Span for capacity RAID Span for capacity RAID Span for capacity RAID Span for capacity RAID Span for capacity 1. From the create array menu, select Array Mode Array Mode Array Mode Array Mode Array Mode , then press <Enter>. The supported RAID configurations appear on a pop-up menu. 2. Select RAID SPAN for capacity RAID SPAN for capacity RAID SPAN for capacity RAID SPAN for capacity RAID SPAN for capacity then press <Enter>. 3. From this point, you can auto-configure the RAID array by selecting Auto Setup for Capacity Auto Setup for Capacity Auto Setup for Capacity Auto Setup for Capacity Auto Setup for Capacity o r manually configure the RAID array for spanned sets. If you want to auto-configure, continue with next step; otherwise, proceed to step 6. 4. Select Auto Setup for Capacity Auto Setup for Capacity Auto Setup for Capacity Auto Setup for Capacity Auto Setup for Capacity and press <Enter>. The following confirmation message appears. RAID 0 for performance RAID 1 for data protection RAID 0/1 RAID SPAN for capacity RAID SPAN for capacity Auto create array will destroy all data on disks, Continue? (Y/N) 5. Press <Y> to confirm or <N> to return to the configuration options. If you selected <Y>, proceed to step 11. 6. Select Select Disk Drives Select Disk Drives Select Disk Drives Select Disk Drives Select Disk Drives , then press <Enter>. Use arrow keys to select disk drive/s, then press <Enter>. An asterisk appears before a selected drive. 7. Select Start Create Process Start Create Process Start Create Process Start Create Process Start Create Process and press <Enter> to start RAID system setup. The following inquiry appears: 8. If you select <Y>, the utility will save your disk data on Span 0 disk then configure the RAID set. Proceed to step 11. 9. If you select <N>, the following confirmation message appears. The data on the selected disks will be destroyed. Continue? (Y/N) Save the data on Span 0 disk after creation? (Y/N)
5-24 5-24 5-24 5-24 5-24 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Delete Array Delete Array Delete Array Delete Array Delete Array 1. From the VIA RAID BIOS utility main menu, select Delete Array Delete Array Delete Array Delete Array Delete Array then press <Enter>. 3. Press <Y> to confirm or <N> to return to the configuration options. The selected array will be destroyed. Are you sure? Continue? Press Y/N 10. Press <Y> to confirm or <N> to return to the configuration options. 11. Press <Esc> to go back to main menu. Select Boot Array Select Boot Array Select Boot Array Select Boot Array Select Boot Array 1. From the VIA RAID BIOS utility main menu, select Select Boot Select Boot Select Boot Select Boot Select Boot Array Array Array Array Array then press <Enter>. 2. From the list of channel used for IDE RAID arrays, press <Enter> to select a RAID array for boot. After selection, the Status Status Status Status Status o f t h e selected array will change to Boot. 3. Press <ESC> to return to the menu items. Follow the same procedure to deselect the the boot array. 2. From the list of channel used for IDE RAID arrays, press <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> t o select a RAID array to delete. The following confirmation message appears. Create Array Delete Array Create/Delete Spare Select Boot Array Serial Number View VIA Tech. RAID BIOS Ver 1.xx Create a RAID array with the hard disks attached to VIA RAID controller F1 : View Array/Disk Status â , â : Move to next item Enter : Confirm the selection ESC : Exit Channel Drive Name Array Name Mode Size(GB) Status [ ]Serial_Ch0 Master XXXXXXXXXXX ARRAY 0 SATA 999.99 XXXXXXX [ ]Serial_Ch1 Master XXXXXXXXXXX ARRAY 0 SATA 999.99 XXXXXXX
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 5-25 5-25 5-25 5-25 5-25 Serial Number View Serial Number View Serial Number View Serial Number View Serial Number View 1. From the VIA RAID BIOS utility main menu, select Serial Number Serial Number Serial Number Serial Number Serial Number View View View View View then press <Enter>. 2. From the list of channel used for IDE RAID arrays, use the arrow keys to move the selection bar on each item. The serial number for the selected drive is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Create Array Delete Array Create/Delete Spare Select Boot Array Serial Number View VIA Tech. RAID BIOS Ver 1.xx Create a RAID array with the hard disks attached to VIA RAID controller F1 : View Array/Disk Status â , â : Move to next item Enter : Confirm the selection ESC : Exit Channel Drive Name Array Name Mode Size(GB) Status Serial_Ch0 Master XXXXXXXXXXX ARRAY 0 SATA 999.99 XXXXXXX Serial_Ch1 Master XXXXXXXXXXX ARRAY 0 SATA 999.99 XXXXXXX Serial Number: XXXXXXXX Serial_Ch0 Master This option is useful for identifying same model disks.
5-26 5-26 5-26 5-26 5-26 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk A floppy disk with the RAID driver is required when installing Windows î 2000/XP operating system on a hard disk drive that is included in a RAID set. To create a RAID driver disk: 1. Place the motherboard support CD into the CD-ROM drive. 2. When the Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers menu appears, click Make VIA 6420 RAID Make VIA 6420 RAID Make VIA 6420 RAID Make VIA 6420 RAID Make VIA 6420 RAID Driver Disk Driver Disk Driver Disk Driver Disk Driver Disk t o create a VIA RAID driver disk Or Browse the contents of the support CD to locate the driver disk utility and go to \Drivers\VIARAID\6420RAID \Drivers\VIARAID\6420RAID \Drivers\VIARAID\6420RAID \Drivers\VIARAID\6420RAID \Drivers\VIARAID\6420RAID for the VIA RAID driver disk utility 3 Insert floppy disk to floppy disk drive. 5. Follow succeeding screen information to complete process. 6. Write-protect the floppy disk to avoid computer virus infection. To install the RAID driver: 1. During the OS installation, the system prompts you to press the F6 key to install third-party SCSI or RAID driver. 2. Press <F6> then insert the floppy disk with RAID driver into the floppy disk drive. 3. Follow the succeeding screen instructions to complete the installation. Refer to section âÂÂ5.2.2 Drivers menuâ for details.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 5-27 5-27 5-27 5-27 5-27 5.6 Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology The motherboard supports the AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology that dynamically and automatically change the CPU speed, voltage, and amount of power depending on the task the CPU performs. 5.6.1 5.6.1 5.6.1 5.6.1 5.6.1 Enabling Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology Enabling Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology Enabling Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology Enabling Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology Enabling Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology To enable Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology: 1. Turn on the system and enter BIOS by pressing the <Del> key during the Power On Self-Tests (POST). 2. In the Advanced > CPU Configuration > AMD CPU Cool & Advanced > CPU Configuration > AMD CPU Cool & Advanced > CPU Configuration > AMD CPU Cool & Advanced > CPU Configuration > AMD CPU Cool & Advanced > CPU Configuration > AMD CPU Cool & Quiet Configuration Quiet Configuration Quiet Configuration Quiet Configuration Quiet Configuration menu, select the item Cool NâÂÂQuiet Cool NâÂÂQuiet Cool NâÂÂQuiet Cool NâÂÂQuiet Cool NâÂÂQuiet and set it to Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled . See section âÂÂ4.4 Advanced Menuâ in the user guide. 3. In the Power Power Power Power Power menu, select the item ACPI 2.0 Support ACPI 2.0 Support ACPI 2.0 Support ACPI 2.0 Support ACPI 2.0 Support and set it to Yes Yes Yes Yes Ye s. See section âÂÂ4.5 Power Menuâ in the user guide. 4. Save your changes and exit BIOS Setup. 5. Reboot your computer and set your Power Option Properties depending on your operating system. Windows Windows Windows Windows Windows î î î î î 2000/XP 2000/XP 2000/XP 2000/XP 2000/XP 1. From the Windows î 2000/XP operating system, click the Start Start Start Start Start button. Select Settings Settings Settings Settings Settings , then Control Panel Control Panel Control Panel Control Panel Control Panel . 2. Make sure the Control Panel is set to Classic View. 3. Double-click the Display Display Display Display Display icon in the Control Panel then select the Screen Saver Screen Saver Screen Saver Screen Saver Screen Saver tab. 4. Click the Power... Power... Power... Power... Power... button. The following dialog box appears. 5. From the Power schemes Power schemes Power schemes Power schemes Power schemes combo list box, select Minimal Minimal Minimal Minimal Minimal Power Management Power Management Power Management Power Management Power Management . 6. Click OK OK OK OK OK to effect settings. Make sure to install the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠driver and application before using this feature.
5-28 5-28 5-28 5-28 5-28 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.6.2 5.6.2 5.6.2 5.6.2 5.6.2 Launching the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠software Launching the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠software Launching the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠software Launching the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠software Launching the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠software The motherboard support CD includes the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠software that enables you to view your systemâÂÂs real-time CPU Frequency and voltage. To launch the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠program: 1. If you are using Windows î 2000, click the Start Start Start Start Start button. Select Programs > ASUS > Cool & Quiet > Cool & Quiet. Programs > ASUS > Cool & Quiet > Cool & Quiet. Programs > ASUS > Cool & Quiet > Cool & Quiet. Programs > ASUS > Cool & Quiet > Cool & Quiet. Programs > ASUS > Cool & Quiet > Cool & Quiet. 2. If you are using Windows î XP, click the Start Start Start Start Start button. Select All All All All All Programs > ASUS > Cool & Quiet > Cool & Quiet. Programs > ASUS > Cool & Quiet > Cool & Quiet. Programs > ASUS > Cool & Quiet > Cool & Quiet. Programs > ASUS > Cool & Quiet > Cool & Quiet. Programs > ASUS > Cool & Quiet > Cool & Quiet. 3. The Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠technology screen appears and displays the current CPU Frequency and CPU Voltage. Make sure to install the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠software from the motherboard support CD. Refer to section âÂÂ5.2.3 Utilities menuâÂÂ, for details.
ii ii ii ii ii Copyright é 2004 ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. (âÂÂASUSâÂÂ). Product warranty or service will not be extended if: (1) the product is repaired, modified or altered, unless such repair , modification of alteration is authorized in writing by ASUS; or (2) the serial number of the product is defaced or missing. ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL âÂÂAS ISâ WITHOUT W ARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANT ABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A P ARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS DIRECT ORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT , SPECIAL, INCIDENT AL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DA T A, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE), EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT . SPECIFICA TIONS AND INFORMA TION CONT AINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMA TIONAL USE ONL Y , AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE A T ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THA T MA Y APPEAR IN THIS MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTW ARE DESCRIBED IN IT . Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identification or explanation and to the ownersâ benefit, without intent to infringe. E1781 E1781 E1781 E1781 E1781 First Edition First Edition First Edition First Edition First Edition December 2004 December 2004 December 2004 December 2004 December 2004
iii iii iii iii iii Contents Notices ............................................................................................... vii Safety information ............................................................................ viii About this guide ................................................................................. ix How this guide is organized .................................................... ix Where to find more information .............................................. ix Conventions used in this guide ................................................ x Typography .......................................................................................... x A8V-E Deluxe specifications summary ............................................... xi Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.1 Welcome! .............................................................................. 1-1 1.2 Package contents ................................................................. 1-1 1.3 Special features .................................................................... 1-2 1.3.1 Product highlights ................................................... 1-2 1.3.2 ASUS Proactive features ........................................ 1-4 1.3.3 Innovative ASUS features ....................................... 1-5 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.1 Before you proceed .............................................................. 2-1 2.2 Motherboard overview .......................................................... 2-2 2.2.1 Placement direction ................................................ 2-2 2.2.2 Screw holes ............................................................ 2-2 2.2.3 Motherboard layout ................................................ 2-3 2.2.4 Layout Contents ..................................................... 2-4 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) .............................................. 2-6 2.3.1 Overview ................................................................. 2-6 2.3.2 Installling the CPU ................................................... 2-6 2.3.3 Installing the heatsink and fan ................................ 2-8 2.4 System memory ................................................................. 2-10 2.4.1 Overview ............................................................... 2-10 2.4.2 Memory Configurations ......................................... 2-11 2.4.3 Installing a DIMM ................................................... 2-13 2.4.4 Removing a DIMM ................................................. 2-13 2.5 Expansion slots ................................................................... 2-14 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card .................................. 2-14 2.5.2 Configuring an expansion card .............................. 2-14
iv iv iv iv iv Contents 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments .......................................... 2-17 2.5.4 PCI slots ................................................................ 2-18 2.5.5 PCI Express x16 slot ............................................. 2-18 2.5.6 PCI Express x1 slot ............................................... 2-18 2.6 Jumpers .............................................................................. 2-19 2.7 Connectors ......................................................................... 2-22 2.7.1 Rear panel connectors .......................................... 2-22 2.7.2 Internal connectors ............................................... 2-24 Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up 3.1 Starting up for the first time ................................................ 3-1 3.2 Powering off the computer .................................................. 3-2 3.2.1 Using the OS shut down function ........................... 3-2 3.2.2 Using the dual function power switch .................... 3-2 3.3 ASUS POST Reporter⢠.......................................................... 3-3 3.3.1 Vocal POST messages ............................................ 3-3 3.3.2 Winbond Voice Editor ............................................. 3-5 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ........................................ 4-1 4.1.1 Creating a bootable floppy disk .............................. 4-1 4.1.2 Updating the BIOS .................................................. 4-2 4.1.3 Saving the current BIOS file .................................... 4-4 4.1.4 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ................................ 4-5 4.1.5 ASUS EZ Flash utility .............................................. 4-7 4.1.6 ASUS Update utility ................................................ 4-8 4.2 BIOS setup program ........................................................... 4-11 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen ................................................. 4-12 4.2.2 Menu bar ............................................................... 4-12 4.2.3 Legend bar ........................................................... 4-13 4.2.4 Menu items ........................................................... 4-13 4.2.5 Sub-menu items ................................................... 4-13 4.2.6 Configuration fields .............................................. 4-13 4.2.8 General help .......................................................... 4-14 4.2.7 Pop-up window ..................................................... 4-14
v v v v v Contents 4.3 Main menu .......................................................................... 4-15 4.3.1 System Time ......................................................... 4-15 4.3.2 System Date ......................................................... 4-15 4.3.3 Language .............................................................. 4-15 4.3.4 Legacy Diskette A ................................................ 4-15 4.3.5 Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave ............. 4-16 4.3.6 Installed Memory .................................................. 4-17 4.4 Advanced menu .................................................................. 4-18 4.4.1 CPU Configuration ................................................. 4-18 4.4.2 Chipset ................................................................. 4-19 4.4.3 PCI PnP ................................................................. 4-21 4.4.4 Onboard Devices Configuration ............................ 4-23 4.4.5 USB Configuration ................................................. 4-25 4.4.6 JumperFree Configuration .................................... 4-26 4.4.7 LAN Cable Status ................................................. 4-30 4.4.8 PEG Link Mode ...................................................... 4-30 4.4.9 Speech Configuration ........................................... 4-31 4.4.10 Instant Music ........................................................ 4-32 4.5 Power menu ........................................................................ 4-33 4.5.1 ACPI Suspend Type ............................................... 4-33 4.5.2 ACPI APIC Support ................................................ 4-33 4.5.3 APM Configuration ................................................ 4-34 4.5.4 Hardware Monitor ................................................. 4-36 4.6 Boot menu .......................................................................... 4-37 4.6.1 Boot Device Priority .............................................. 4-38 4.6.2 Removable Drives ................................................. 4-38 4.6.3 Hard Disk Drives ................................................... 4-39 4.6.4 CDROM Drives ....................................................... 4-39 4.6.5 Boot Settings Configuration ................................. 4-40 4.6.6 Security ................................................................ 4-42 4.7 Exit menu ........................................................................... 4-44 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.1 Installing an operating system ............................................. 5-1 5.2 Support CD information ........................................................ 5-1
vi vi vi vi vi 5.2.1 Running the support CD ......................................... 5-1 5.2.2 Drivers menu .......................................................... 5-2 5.2.3 Utilities menu .......................................................... 5-4 5.2.4 ASUS Contact information ...................................... 5-6 5.2.5 Other information ................................................... 5-6 5.3 Software information ........................................................... 5-9 5.3.1 ASUS MyLogo2⢠.................................................... 5-9 5.3.2 AI NET 2 ............................................................... 5-11 Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠........................... 5-11 5.3.3 Audio configurations ............................................ 5-12 5.4 RAID configurations ............................................................ 5-18 5.4.1 Installing hard disks .............................................. 5-18 5.4.2 VIA RAID configurations ....................................... 5-19 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk ................................................. 5-26 5.6 Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology ............................................... 5-27 5.6.1 Enabling Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology ................... 5-27 5.6.2 Launching the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠software .............. 5-28 Contents
vii vii vii vii vii Notices Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement Federal Communications Commission Statement This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: ⢠This device may not cause harmful interference, and ⢠This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with manufacturerâÂÂs instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: ⢠Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. ⢠Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. ⢠Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. ⢠Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement Canadian Department of Communications Statement This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications. This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. ICES-003. ICES-003. ICES-003. ICES-003. The use of shielded cables for connection of the monitor to the graphics card is required to assure compliance with FCC regulations. Changes or modifications to this unit not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the userâÂÂs authority to operate this equipment.
viii viii viii viii viii Safety information Electrical safety Electrical safety Electrical safety Electrical safety Electrical safety ⢠To prevent electrical shock hazard, disconnect the power cable from the electrical outlet before relocating the system. ⢠When adding or removing devices to or from the system, ensure that the power cables for the devices are unplugged before the signal cables are connected. If possible, disconnect all power cables from the existing system before you add a device. ⢠Before connecting or removing signal cables from the motherboard, ensure that all power cables are unplugged. ⢠Seek professional assistance before using an adapter or extension cord. These devices could interrupt the grounding circuit. ⢠Make sure that your power supply is set to the correct voltage in your area. If you are not sure about the voltage of the electrical outlet you are using, contact your local power company. ⢠If the power supply is broken, do not try to fix it by yourself. Contact a qualified service technician or your retailer. Operation safety Operation safety Operation safety Operation safety Operation safety ⢠Before installing the motherboard and adding devices on it, carefully read all the manuals that came with the package. ⢠Before using the product, make sure all cables are correctly connected and the power cables are not damaged. If you detect any damage, contact your dealer immediately. ⢠To avoid short circuits, keep paper clips, screws, and staples away from connectors, slots, sockets and circuitry. ⢠Avoid dust, humidity, and temperature extremes. Do not place the product in any area where it may become wet. ⢠Place the product on a stable surface. ⢠If you encounter technical problems with the product, contact a qualified service technician or your retailer.
ix ix ix ix ix About this guide This user guide contains the information you need when installing and configuring the motherboard. How this guide is organized How this guide is organized How this guide is organized How this guide is organized How this guide is organized This manual contains the following parts: ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction This chapter describes the features of the motherboard and the new technology it supports. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the switches, jumpers, and connectors on the motherboard. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up This chapter describes the power up sequence, the vocal POST messages, and ways of shutting down the system. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided. ⢠⢠⢠⢠⢠Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package. Where to find more information Where to find more information Where to find more information Where to find more information Where to find more information Refer to the following sources for additional information and for product and software updates. 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. ASUS websites ASUS websites ASUS websites ASUS websites ASUS websites The ASUS website provides updated information on ASUS hardware and software products. Refer to the ASUS contact information. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. Optional documentation Optional documentation Optional documentation Optional documentation Optional documentation Your product package may include optional documentation, such as warranty flyers, that may have been added by your dealer. These documents are not part of the standard package.
x x x x x Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide Conventions used in this guide To make sure that you perform certain tasks properly, take note of the following symbols used throughout this manual. Typography DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: DANGER/WARNING: Information to prevent injury to yourself when trying to complete a task. CAUTION: CAUTION: CAUTION: CAUTION: CAUTION: Information to prevent damage to the components when trying to complete a task. NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: Tips and additional information to help you complete a task. IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: IMPORTANT: Instructions that you MUST follow to complete a task. Bold text Bold text Bold text Bold text Bold text Indicates a menu or an item to select Italics Used to emphasize a word or a phrase <Key> Keys enclosed in the less-than and greater-than sign means that you must press the enclosed key Example: <Enter> means that you must press the Enter or Return key <Key1 Key2 Key3> If you must press two or more keys simultaneously, the key names are linked with a plus sign ( ) Example: <Ctrl Alt D> Command Means that you must type the command exactly as shown, then supply the required item or value enclosed in brackets Example: At the DOS prompt, type the command line: afudos /i[filename] afudos /iA8V-E.ROM
xi xi xi xi xi A8V-E Deluxe specifications summary (continued on the next page) CPU CPU CPU CPU CPU Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset System Bus System Bus System Bus System Bus System Bus Memory Memory Memory Memory Memory Expansion slots Expansion slots Expansion slots Expansion slots Expansion slots Storage Storage Storage Storage Storage AI Audio AI Audio AI Audio AI Audio AI Audio Wireless LAN Wireless LAN Wireless LAN Wireless LAN Wireless LAN LAN LAN LAN LAN LAN IEEE 1394 IEEE 1394 IEEE 1394 IEEE 1394 IEEE 1394 USB USB USB USB USB Socket 939 for AMD Athlon⢠64FX/AMD Athlon⢠64 processor Supports AMD 64 architecture that enables simultaneous 32-bit and 64-bit architecture Supports AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet! Technology Northbridge: VIA î K8T890 Southbridge: VIA î VT8237R 2000 MT/s Dual-channel memory architecture 4 x 184-pin DIMM sockets support ECC/non-ECC unbufferred 400/333/266 MHz DDR memory modules Supports up to 4 GB system memory 1 x PCI Express x16 slot for discrete graphics card 2 x PCI Express x1 slots 3 x PCI slots VIA î VT8237R Southbridge supports: -2 x Ultra DMA 133/100/66/33 -2 x Serial ATA with RAID 0 and RAID 1 Realtek î ALC850 8-channel CODEC 1 x Coaxial S/PDIF out port 1 x Optical S/PDIF out port Supports Audio Sensing and Enumeration Technology WiFi-g⢠wireless solution provides: - support for IEEE 802.11g/b standard - up to 54Mbps wireless data transmission - Software Access Point (Soft AP) feature on Windows î XP and 2003 Server Marvell î 88E8053 PCI Express⢠Gigabit LAN controller Supports Marvell î Virtual Cable Tester technology Supports POST Network-diagnostic program T1 TSB43AB22A 1394a controller supports: - 1 x IEEE 1394 internal connector - 1 x IEEE 1394 port Supports up to 8 USB 2.0 ports
xii xii xii xii xii A8V-E Deluxe specifications summary AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking AI Overclocking Special features Special features Special features Special features Special features BIOS features BIOS features BIOS features BIOS features BIOS features Rear panel Rear panel Rear panel Rear panel Rear panel Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal connectors connectors connectors connectors connectors ASUS AI Overclocking (Intelligent CPU frequency tuner) ASUS C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) ASUS JumperFree CPU, Memory, and chipset voltage adjustable Stepless Frequency Selection(SFS) from 200 MHz up to 400 MHz at 1 MHz increment ASUS Wi-Fi@HOME ASUS Post Reporter⢠ASUS Q-Fan2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS Multi-language BIOS ASUS MyLogo2 ASUS Instant Music 4 MB Flash ROM, Phoenix-Award BIOS, PnP, DMI2.0, WfM2.0, SM BIOS 2.3 1 x Parallel port 1 x IEEE 1394 port 1 x LAN (RJ-45) port 1 x WiFi-g⢠antenna port 1 x Wireless LAN LED 4 x USB 2.0 ports 1 x Optical S/PDIF out port 1 x Coaxial S/PDIF out port 1 x PS/2 keyboard port 1 x PS/2 mouse port 8-channel audio port 1 x Floppy disk drive connector 2 x IDE connectors 2 x Serial ATA connectors 1 x CPU fan connector 1 x Power fan connector 2 x Chassis fan connector 1 x Serial port connector (COM port) 1 x 24-pin ATX power connector 1 x 4-pin ATX 12 V power connector 2 x USB 2.0 connectors for 4 additional USB 2.0 ports 1 x Internal audio connectors 1 x IEEE 1394 connector 1 x GAME/MIDI connector 1 x Chassis intrusion connector 1 x Front panel audio connector System panel connector (continued on the next page)
xiii xiii xiii xiii xiii A8V-E Deluxe specifications summary Power Power Power Power Power Requirement Requirement Requirement Requirement Requirement Form Factor Form Factor Form Factor Form Factor Form Factor Support CD Support CD Support CD Support CD Support CD contents contents contents contents contents ATX power supply (with 24-pin and 4-pin 12 V plugs) ATX 12 V 2.0 compliant ATX form factor: 12 in x 9.6 in (30.5 cm x 24.4 cm) Device drivers ASUS PC Probe ASUS Live Update Utility Antivirus software (OEM version) WiFi-g⢠One-touch wizard *Specifications are subject to change without notice.
xiv xiv xiv xiv xiv
1 Product introduction This chapter describes the motherboard features and the new technologies it supports.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe Chapter summary 1.1 Welcome! .............................................................................. 1-1 1.2 Package contents ................................................................. 1-1 1.3 Special features .................................................................... 1-2
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1.1 Welcome! Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS Thank you for buying an ASUS î î î î î A8V-E Deluxe motherboard! A8V-E Deluxe motherboard! A8V-E Deluxe motherboard! A8V-E Deluxe motherboard! A8V-E Deluxe motherboard! The motherboard delivers a host of new features and latest technologies, making it another standout in the long line of ASUS quality motherboards! Before you start installing the motherboard, and hardware devices on it, check the items in your package with the list below. If any of the above items is damaged or missing, contact your retailer. 1.2 Package contents Check your motherboard package for the following items. Motherboard Motherboard Motherboard Motherboard Motherboard ASUS A8V-E Deluxe motherboard I/O modules I/O modules I/O modules I/O modules I/O modules IEEE1394 (1 port) module Serial port module (COM port) USB 2.0 (2 ports) and GAME (1 port) module Cables Cables Cables Cables Cables 2 x Serial ATA signal cables 1 x Serial ATA power cables (dual plugs) 2 x Ultra DMA/133 cables 40-conductor IDE cable Floppy disk drive cable Accessories Accessories Accessories Accessories Accessories Dipolar wireless LAN antenna I/O shield Application CDs Application CDs Application CDs Application CDs Application CDs ASUS motherboard support CD InterVideo î WinDVD Suite î Documentation Documentation Documentation Documentation Documentation User guide
1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.3 Special features 1.3.1 1.3.1 1.3.1 1.3.1 1.3.1 Product highlights Product highlights Product highlights Product highlights Product highlights Latest processor technology Latest processor technology Latest processor technology Latest processor technology Latest processor technology The AMD Athlon⢠64FX and Athlon⢠64 desktop processors are based on AMDâÂÂs 64-bit and 32-bit architecture, which represents the landmark introduction of the industryâÂÂs first x86-64 technology. These processors provide a dramatic leap forward in compatibility, performance, investment protection, and reduced total cost of ownership and development. See page 2-6. HyperTransport⢠Technology HyperTransport⢠Technology HyperTransport⢠Technology HyperTransport⢠Technology HyperTransport⢠Technology HyperTransport⢠Technology is a high-speed, low latency, point-to-point link designed to increase the communication speed between integrated circuits in computers, networking and telecommunicatons equipment up to 48 times faster than other existing technologies. AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology The motherboard supports the AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology that dynamically and automatically changes the CPU speed, voltage and amount of power depending on the task the CPU performs. See pages 4-18 and 5-27 for details. Dual Channel DDR memory support Dual Channel DDR memory support Dual Channel DDR memory support Dual Channel DDR memory support Dual Channel DDR memory support Employing the Double Data Rate (DDR) memory technology, the motherboard supports up to 4GB of system memory using DDR400/333/ 266 DIMMs. The ultra-fast 400MHz memory bus delivers the required bandwidth for the latest 3D graphics, multimedia, and Internet applications. See page 2-10. Serial ATA technology with RAID 0/1 support Serial ATA technology with RAID 0/1 support Serial ATA technology with RAID 0/1 support Serial ATA technology with RAID 0/1 support Serial ATA technology with RAID 0/1 support The motherboard supports the Serial ATA technology through the Serial ATA interfaces. The SATA specification allows for thinner, more flexible cables with lower pin count, reduced voltage requirement, and up to 150 MB/s data transfer rate. With the VIA VT8237R RAID controller onboard, the motherboard supports RAID 0 and RAID 1 configuration using Serial ATA hard disk drives. See pages 2-25 and 5-18 for details.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 PCI Express⢠interface PCI Express⢠interface PCI Express⢠interface PCI Express⢠interface PCI Express⢠interface The motherboard fully supports PCI Express, the latest I/O interconnect technology that speeds up the PCI bus. PCI Express features point-to-point serial interconnections between devices and allows higher clockspeeds by carrying data in packets. This high speed interface is software compatible with existing PCI specifications. See page 2-1 8 for details. AI Audio technology AI Audio technology AI Audio technology AI Audio technology AI Audio technology The motherboard supports 8-channel audio through the onboard ALC850 CODEC with 16-bit DAC, a stereo 16-bit ADC, and an AC97 2.3 compatible multi-channel audio designed for PC multimedia systems. It also provides Jack-Sensing function, S/PDIF out support, interrupt capability and includes the Realtek î proprietary UAJ î (Universal Audio Jack) technology. See pages 2-22, 2-23 and 5-12 for details. S/PDIF digital sound ready S/PDIF digital sound ready S/PDIF digital sound ready S/PDIF digital sound ready S/PDIF digital sound ready The motherboard supports the S/PDIF In/Out function through the S/PDIF interfaces on the rear panel and at midboard. The S/PDIF technology turns your computer into a high-end entertainment system with digital connectivity to powerful audio and speaker systems. See page 2-23 for details. IEEE 1394a support IEEE 1394a support IEEE 1394a support IEEE 1394a support IEEE 1394a support The IEEE 1394a interface provides high-speed and flexible PC connectivity to a wide range of peripherals and devices compliant to the IEEE 1394a standard. The IEEE 1394a interface allows up to 400 Mbps transfer rates through simple, low-cost, high-bandwidth asynchronous (real-time) data interfacing between computers, peripherals, and consumer electronic devices such as camcorders, VCRs, printers, TVs, and digital cameras. See pages 2-22 and 2-30 for details. USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology USB 2.0 technology The motherboard implements the Universal Serial Bus (USB) 2.0 specification, dramatically increasing the connection speed from the 12 Mbps bandwidth on USB 1.1 to a fast 480 Mbps on USB 2.0. USB 2.0 is backward compatible with USB 1.1. See pages 2-23, 2-27 and 4-25 for details.
1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.3.2 1.3.2 1.3.2 1.3.2 1.3.2 ASUS Proactive features ASUS Proactive features ASUS Proactive features ASUS Proactive features ASUS Proactive features ASUS WiFi-g⢠ASUS WiFi-g⢠ASUS WiFi-g⢠ASUS WiFi-g⢠ASUS WiFi-g⢠ASUS WiFi-g⢠is an IEEE 802.11g-compliant wireless LAN adapter that allows data transmission of up to 54 Mbps using the 2.4 GHz frequency band. ASUS provides full software application support and a user-friendly wizard to help you set up your wireless local area network effortlessly. The ASUS WiFi-g⢠is backward compatible with IEEE 802.11b devices. See page 2-23. AI NOS⢠(Non-Delay Overclocking System) AI NOS⢠(Non-Delay Overclocking System) AI NOS⢠(Non-Delay Overclocking System) AI NOS⢠(Non-Delay Overclocking System) AI NOS⢠(Non-Delay Overclocking System) ASUS Non-delay Overclocking System⢠(NOS) is a technology that auto-detects the CPU loading and dynamically overclocks the CPU speed only when needed. See page 4-26 for details. AI NET 2 AI NET 2 AI NET 2 AI NET 2 AI NET 2 AI NET 2 is a BIOS-based diagnostic tool that detects and reports Ethernet cable faults and shorts. With this utility, you can easily monitor the condition of the Ethernet cable(s) connected to the LAN (RJ-45) port(s). During the bootup process, AI NET 2 immediately diagnoses the LAN cable(s) and reports shorts and faults up to 100 meters at 1 meter accuracy. See pages 4-30 and 5-11 for details. Temperature, fan, and voltage monitoring Temperature, fan, and voltage monitoring Temperature, fan, and voltage monitoring Temperature, fan, and voltage monitoring Temperature, fan, and voltage monitoring The CPU temperature is monitored by the ASIC (integrated in the Winbond Super I/O) to prevent overheating and damage. The system fan rotations per minute (RPM) is monitored for timely failure detection. The ASIC monitors the voltage levels to ensure stable supply of current for critical components. See section âÂÂ4.5.4 Hardware Monitorâ on page 4-36.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5 1.3.3 1.3.3 1.3.3 1.3.3 1.3.3 Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features Innovative ASUS features Precision Tweaker Precision Tweaker Precision Tweaker Precision Tweaker Precision Tweaker Designed for overclocking aficionados, this feature allows you to gradually increase the CPU and memory voltage to achieve maximum system performance. PEG Link mode PEG Link mode PEG Link mode PEG Link mode PEG Link mode This feature allows you to adjust the PCI Express graphics frequency according to your system configuration for optimized graphics performance. CrashFree BIOS 2 CrashFree BIOS 2 CrashFree BIOS 2 CrashFree BIOS 2 CrashFree BIOS 2 This feature allows you to restore the original BIOS data from the support CD in case when the BIOS codes and data are corrupted. This protection eliminates the need to buy a replacement ROM chip. See details on page 4-5. ASUS Q-Fan 2 technology ASUS Q-Fan 2 technology ASUS Q-Fan 2 technology ASUS Q-Fan 2 technology ASUS Q-Fan 2 technology The ASUS Q-Fan 2 technology smartly adjusts the fan speeds according to the system loading to ensure quiet, cool, and efficient operation. See page 4-36 for details. ASUS POST Reporter⢠ASUS POST Reporter⢠ASUS POST Reporter⢠ASUS POST Reporter⢠ASUS POST Reporter⢠The motherboard offers a new exciting feature called the ASUS POST Reporter⢠to provide friendly voice messages and alerts during the Power-On Self-Tests (POST) informing you of the system boot status and causes of boot errors, if any. The bundled Winbond Voice Editor software lets you to customize the voice messages in different languages. See page 3-3 for details. ASUS Multi-language BIOS ASUS Multi-language BIOS ASUS Multi-language BIOS ASUS Multi-language BIOS ASUS Multi-language BIOS The multi-language BIOS allows you to select the language of your choice from the available options. The localized BIOS menus allow you to configure easier and faster. See page 4-15 for details.
1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction Chapter 1: Product introduction ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠This new feature present in the motherboard allows you to personalize and add style to your system with customizable boot logos. See page 5-9 for details. ASUS Instant Music ASUS Instant Music ASUS Instant Music ASUS Instant Music ASUS Instant Music This unique feature allows you to playback audio files even without booting the system to Windowsâ¢. Just press the ASUS Instant Music special function keys and enjoy the music! See page 4-32 for details.
2 Hardware information This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the jumpers and connectors on the motherboard.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe Chapter summary 2.1 Before you proceed .............................................................. 2-1 2.2 Motherboard overview .......................................................... 2-2 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) .............................................. 2-6 2.4 System memory ................................................................. 2-10 2.5 Expansion slots ................................................................... 2-14 2.6 Jumpers .............................................................................. 2-19 2.7 Connectors ......................................................................... 2-22
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 Onboard LED Onboard LED Onboard LED Onboard LED Onboard LED The motherboard comes with a standby power LED that lights up to indicate that the system is ON, in sleep mode, or in soft-off mode. This is a reminder that you should shut down the system and unplug the power cable before removing or plugging in any motherboard component. The illustration below shows the location of the onboard LED. 2.1 Before you proceed Take note of the following precautions before you install motherboard components or change any motherboard settings. ⢠Unplug the power cord from the wall socket before touching any component. ⢠Use a grounded wrist strap or touch a safely grounded object or to a metal object, such as the power supply case, before handling components to avoid damaging them due to static electricity ⢠Hold components by the edges to avoid touching the ICs on them. ⢠Whenever you uninstall any component, place it on a grounded antistatic pad or in the bag that came with the component. ⢠Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure Before you install or remove any component, ensure that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the that the ATX power supply is switched off or the power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. power cord is detached from the power supply. Failure to do so may cause severe damage to the motherboard, peripherals, and/or components. A8V-E DELUXE î A8V -E DELUXE Onboard LED SB_PWR ON Standby Power OFF Powered Off
2-2 2-2 2-2 2-2 2-2 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information A8V -E DELUXE î 2.2 Motherboard overview Before you install the motherboard, study the configuration of your chassis to ensure that the motherboard fits into it. Make sure to unplug the power cord before installing or removing the motherboard. Failure to do so can cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components. Do not overtighten the screws! Doing so can damage the motherboard. 2.2.1 2.2.1 2.2.1 2.2.1 2.2.1 Placement direction Placement direction Placement direction Placement direction Placement direction When installing the motherboard, make sure that you place it into the chassis in the correct orientation. The edge with external ports goes to the rear part of the chassis as indicated in the image below. 2.2.2 2.2.2 2.2.2 2.2.2 2.2.2 Screw holes Screw holes Screw holes Screw holes Screw holes Place nine (9) screws into the holes indicated by circles to secure the motherboard to the chassis. Place this side towards Place this side towards Place this side towards Place this side towards Place this side towards the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis the rear of the chassis
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-3 2.2.3 2.2.3 2.2.3 2.2.3 2.2.3 Motherboard layout Motherboard layout Motherboard layout Motherboard layout Motherboard layout Bottom:Mic In Center:Line Out T op:Line In P ARALLEL PORT MS1 KB1 SPDIF_O SPDIF_O2 WL_LED WL_ANT Below: Center/Subwoofer Center: Side Speaker Out T op:Rear Speaker Out P ANEL A8V -E DELUXE R CR2032 3V Lithium Cell CMOS Power CD AUX PCI1 FP_AUDIO GAME CHASSIS CLRTC PRI_IDE SEC_IDE EA TXPWR VIA VT8237R COM1 USB56 USBPW56 USBPW78 24.5cm (9.6in) 30.5cm (12.0in) S ATA 1 VIA K8T890 USB78 CPU_F AN Socket 939 DDR DIMM_B1 (64 bit,184-pin module) DDR DIMM_A1 (64 bit,184-pin module) DDR DIMM_A2 (64 bit,184-pin module) DDR DIMM_B2 (64 bit,184-pin module) CHA_F AN2 LAN_USB34 F_USB12 PCI2 PCI3 PCIEX1_1 PCIEX1_2 PCIEX16 SPDIF SB_PWR IE_1394_2 S ATA 2 PWR_F AN CHA_F AN1 KBPWR USBPW12 USBPW34 A TX12V FLOPPY Super I/O ALC850 TI TSB43AB22A 4Mb BIOS Speech Controller Marvell 88W8310 88W8000G Marvell 88E8053
2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.2.4 2.2.4 2.2.4 2.2.4 2.2.4 Layout Contents Layout Contents Layout Contents Layout Contents Layout Contents Slots Slots Slots Slots Slots Page Page Page Page Page 1. DDR DIMM slots 2-11 2. PCI slots 2-18 3. PCI Express x16 slot 2-18 4. PCI Express x1 slot 2-18 Jumpers Jumpers Jumpers Jumpers Jumpers Page Page Page Page Page 1. Clear RTC RAM (3-pin CLRTC) 2-19 2. USB Device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USBPW56, USBPW78) 2-19 3. Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR) 2-19 Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Page Page Page Page Page 1. Parallel port 2-22 2. IEEE 1394 port 2-22 3. RJ-45 port 2-22 4. Rear Speaker Out port (gray) 2-22 5. Side Speaker Out port (black) 2-22 6. Line In port (light blue) 2-22 7. Line Out port (lime) 2-22 8. WiFi-g⢠antenna port 2-23 9. Wireless LAN data transmission LED 2-23 10. Microphone port (pink) 2-23 11. Center/Subwoofer port (yellow orange) 2-23 12. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4 2-23 13. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2 2-23 14. Optical S/PDIF out port 2-23 15. Coaxial S/PDIF out port 2-23 16. PS/2 keyboard port (purple) 2-23 17. PS/2 mouse port (green) 2-23
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Page Page Page Page Page 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) 2-24 2. Primary IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE) 2-24 3. Secondary IDE connector (40-1 pin SEC_IDE) 2-24 4. Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2) 2-25 5. CPU fan connector (4-pin CPU_FAN) 2-26 6. Power fan connector (3-pin CHIP_FAN) 2-26 7. Chassis fan connector (3-pin CHA_FAN1) 2-26 8. Chassis fan 2 connector (3-pin CHA_FAN2) 2-26 9. Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) 2-27 10. USB headers (10-1 USB56, USB78) 2-27 11. ATX power connector (24-pin EATXPWR) 2-28 12. ATX 12V power connector (4-pin ATX12V) 2-28 13. Internal audio connector (4-pin CD, AUX) 2-29 14. GAME/MIDI connector (16-1 pin GAME) 2-29 15. Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) 2-30 16. IEEE 1394 connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) 2-30 17. Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin F_PANEL) 2-31 18. Digital audio connector (4-pin SPDIF) 2-31 19. System panel connectors (20-1 pin PANEL) 2-32 - System Power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) - Hard Disk activity (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) - System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) - Power/Soft-off button(Yellow 2-pin PWR) - Reset switch (Blue 2-pin RESET)
2-6 2-6 2-6 2-6 2-6 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.3.2 2.3.2 2.3.2 2.3.2 2.3.2 Installling the CPU Installling the CPU Installling the CPU Installling the CPU Installling the CPU To install a CPU: 1. Locate the CPU socket on the motherboard. Before installing the CPU, make sure that the socket box is facing towards you and the load lever is on your left. 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) 2.3.1 2.3.1 2.3.1 2.3.1 2.3.1 Overview Overview Overview Overview Overview The motherboard comes with a surface mount 939-pin Zero Insertion Force (ZIF) socket designed for the AMD Athlon⢠64FX or AMD Athlon 64⢠processor. The 128-bit-wide data paths of these processors can run applications faster than processors with only 32-bit or 64-bit wide data paths. Take note of the marked corner (with gold triangle) on the CPU. This mark should match a specific corner on the socket to ensure correct installation. Gold triangle A8V-E DELUXE î A8V -E DELUXE CPU Socket 939
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 2-7 2-7 2-7 2-7 2-7 3. Position the CPU above the socket such that the CPU corner with the gold triangle matches the socket corner with a small triangle. 4. Carefully insert the CPU into the socket until it fits in place. 2. Unlock the socket by pressing the lever sideways, then lift it up to a 90 ð -100 ð angle. Make sure that the socket lever is lifted up to 90 ð -100 ð angle, otherwise the CPU does not fit in completely. The CPU fits only in one correct orientation. DO NOT force the CPU into the socket to prevent bending the pins and damaging the CPU! 5. When the CPU is in place, push down the socket lever to secure the CPU. The lever clicks on the side tab to indicate that it is locked. Gold triangle Gold triangle Gold triangle Gold triangle Gold triangle Small triangle Small triangle Small triangle Small triangle Small triangle Socket Lever Socket Lever Socket Lever Socket Lever Socket Lever
2-8 2-8 2-8 2-8 2-8 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.3.3 2.3.3 2.3.3 2.3.3 2.3.3 Installing the heatsink and fan Installing the heatsink and fan Installing the heatsink and fan Installing the heatsink and fan Installing the heatsink and fan The AMD Athlon⢠64FX or AMD Athlon 64⢠processor require a specially designed heatsink and fan assembly to ensure optimum thermal condition and performance. Follow these steps to install the CPU heatsink and fan. 1. Place the heatsink on top of the installed CPU, making sure that the heatsink fits properly on the retention module base. Retention Module Base Retention Module Base Retention Module Base Retention Module Base Retention Module Base CPU Heatsink CPU Heatsink CPU Heatsink CPU Heatsink CPU Heatsink CPU Fan CPU Fan CPU Fan CPU Fan CPU Fan Retention bracket lock Retention bracket lock Retention bracket lock Retention bracket lock Retention bracket lock Retention bracket Retention bracket Retention bracket Retention bracket Retention bracket ⢠The retention module base is already installed on the motherboard upon purchase. ⢠You do not have to remove the retention module base when installing the CPU or installing other motherboard components. ⢠If you purchased a separate CPU heatsink and fan assembly, make sure that a Thermal Interface Material is properly applied to the CPU heatsink or CPU before you install the heatsink and fan assembly. Your boxed CPU heatsink and fan assembly should come with installation instructions for the CPU, heatsink, and the retention mechanism. If the instructions in this section do not match the CPU documentation, follow the latter.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 2-9 2-9 2-9 2-9 2-9 2. Attach one end of the retention bracket to the retention module base. 3. Align the other end of the retention bracket (near the retention bracket lock) to the retention module base. A clicking sound denotes that the retention bracket is in place. 4. Push down the retention bracket lock on the retention mechanism to secure the heatsink and fan to the module base. Make sure that the fan and heatsink assembly perfectly fits the retention mechanism module base, otherwise you cannot snap the retention bracket in place.
2-10 2-10 2-10 2-10 2-10 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.4 System memory 2.4.1 2.4.1 2.4.1 2.4.1 2.4.1 Overview Overview Overview Overview Overview The motherboard comes with four 184-pin Double Data Rate (DDR) Dual Inline Memory Modules (DIMM) sockets. The following figure illustrates the location of the sockets: Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Sockets Sockets Sockets Sockets Sockets Channel A DIMM_A1 and DIMM_A1 Channel B DIMM_B1 and DIMM_B2 3. When the fan and heatsink assembly is in place, connect the CPU fan cable to the connector on the motherboard labeled CPU_FAN. Do not forget to connect the CPU fan connector! Hardware monitoring errors can occur if you fail to plug this connector. A8V-E DELUXE î A8V -E DELUXE CPU_Fan connector CPU_F AN GND Rotation 12V A8V-E DELUXE î A8V -E DELUXE 184-pin DDR DIMM sockets DIMM_A1 DIMM_A2 DIMM_B1 DIMM_B2
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 2-11 2-11 2-11 2-11 2-11 2.4.2 2.4.2 2.4.2 2.4.2 2.4.2 Memory Configurations Memory Configurations Memory Configurations Memory Configurations Memory Configurations You may install 256 MB, 512 MB and 1 GB unbuffered ECC or non-ECC DDR DIMMs into the DIMM sockets using the memory configurations in this section. ⢠For dual-channel configuration, the total size of memory module(s) installed per channel must be the same for better performance (DIMM_A1 DIMM_A2=DIMM_B1 DIMM_B2). ⢠Always install DIMMs with the same CAS latency. For optimum compatibility, it is recommended that you obtain memory modules from the same vendor. Refer to the DDR400 Qualified Vendors List on the next page for details. ⢠Due to chipset resource allocation, the system may detect less than 4 GB of system memory when you installed four 1 GB DDR memory modules. ⢠Due to chipset limitation, DIMM modules with 128 Mb memory chips or double-sided x16 memory chips are not supported in this motherboard. ⢠Due to CPU limitation, install on Channel B slots for a single-channel memory configuration. DDR400 Qualified Vendors List DDR400 Qualified Vendors List DDR400 Qualified Vendors List DDR400 Qualified Vendors List DDR400 Qualified Vendors List DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support Size Size Size Size Size Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Model Model Model Model Model Brand Side(s) Brand Side(s) Brand Side(s) Brand Side(s) Brand Side(s) Component Component Component Component Component A A A A A B B B B B C C C C C 256MB KINGSTON KVR400X64C3A/256 Hynix SS HY5DU56822BT-D43 ⢠⢠⢠512MB KINGSTON KVR400X64C3A/512 Hynix DS HY5DU56822BT-D43 ⢠⢠256MB KINGSTON KVR400X72C3A/256 Mosel SS V58C2256804SAT5(ECC) 512MB KINGSTON KVR400X72C3A/512 Mosel DS V58C2256804SAT5(ECC) ⢠⢠256MB KINGSTON KVR400X64C3A/256 Infineon SS HYB25D256800BT-5B ⢠⢠⢠512MB KINGSTON KVR400X64C3A/512 Infineon DS HYB25D256809BT-5B ⢠256MB KINGSTON KVR400X64C3A/256 KINGSTON SS D3208DL2T-5 ⢠⢠⢠512MB KINGSTON KVR400X64C3A/512 KINGSTON DS D328DIB-50 ⢠1024MB KINGSTON HYB25D512800BE-5B N/A DS KVR400X64C3A/1G ⢠256MB SAMSUNG M381L3223ETM-CCC SAMSUNG SS K4H560838E-TCCC(ECC) ⢠⢠⢠512MB SAMSUNG M381L6423ETM-CCC SAMSUNG DS K4H560838E-TCCC(ECC) ⢠⢠⢠256MB SAMSUNG M368L3223ETM-CCC SAMSUNG SS K4H560838E-TCCC ⢠⢠⢠256MB SAMSUNG M368L3223FTN-CCC SAMSUNG SS K4H560838F-TCCC ⢠⢠⢠512MB SAMSUNG M368L6423FTN-CCC SAMSUNG DS K4H560838F-TCCC ⢠⢠512MB SAMSUNG M368L6523BTM-CCC SAMSUNG SS K4H510838B-TCCC ⢠⢠⢠256MB MICRON MT8VDDT3264AG-40BCB MICRON SS MT46V32M8TG-5BC ⢠⢠⢠512MB MICRON MT16VDDT6464AG-40BCB MICRON DS MT46V32M8TG-5BC ⢠⢠256MB Infineon HYS64D32300HU-5-C Infineon SS HYB25D256800CE-5C ⢠⢠⢠512MB Infineon HYS64D64320HU-5-C Infineon DS HYB25D256800CE-5C ⢠256MB CORSAIR CMX256A-3200C2PT Winbond SS W942508BH-5 ⢠512MB CORSAIR VS512MB400 VALUE seLecT DS VS32M8-5 ⢠1024MB CORSAIR TWINX2048-3200C2 N/A DS N/A ⢠256MB Hynix HYMD232645D8J-D43 Hynix SS HY5DU56822DT-D43 ⢠⢠⢠512MB Hynix HYMD264646D8J-D43 Hynix DS HY5DU56822DT-D43 ⢠⢠256MB GEIL GE2563200B GEIL SS GL3LC32G88TG-5A ⢠⢠⢠256MB GEIL GD3200-256V GEIL SS GLIL DDR 32M8 ⢠512MB GEIL GD3200-512V GEIL DS GLIL DDR 32M8 ⢠(continued on the next page)
2-12 2-12 2-12 2-12 2-12 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) for the latest DDR400 Qualified Vendors List. Side(s): SS - Side(s): SS - Side(s): SS - Side(s): SS - Side(s): SS - Single Sided DS - DS - DS - DS - DS - Double Sided DIMM Support: DIMM Support: DIMM Support: DIMM Support: DIMM Support: A A A A A- supports one module inserted into either slot, in a Single-channel memory configuration. B B B B B- supports on pair of modules inserted into either the yellow slots or the black slots as one pair of Dual-channel memory configuration. C C C C C- support for 4 modules inserted into the yellow and black slots as two pairs of Dual-channel memory configuration. DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support DIMM support Size Size Size Size Size Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Vendor Model Model Model Model Model Brand Side(s) Brand Side(s) Brand Side(s) Brand Side(s) Brand Side(s) Component Component Component Component Component A A A A A B B B B B C C C C C 256MB TwinMOS M2G9I08AIATT9F081AADT TwinMOS SS TMD7608F8E50D ⢠⢠⢠256MB TwinMOS M2G9I08A8ATT9F081AADT TwinMOS SS TMD7608F8E50D ⢠⢠512MB TwinMOS M2G9J16A8ATT9F081AADT TwinMOS DS TMD7608F8E50D ⢠256MB Transcend TS32MLD64V4F3 SAMSUNG SS K4H560838F-TCCC ⢠⢠⢠512MB Transcend TS64MLD64V4F3 SAMSUNG DS K4H560838F-TCCC ⢠1024MB Transcend TS128MLD64V4J SAMSUNG DS K4H510838B-TCCC ⢠512MB Transcend TS64MLD64V4F3 Mosel DS V58C2256804SAT5B ⢠256MB Transcend TS32MLD64V4F3 SAMSUNG SS K4H560838E-TCCC ⢠⢠⢠256MB Apacer 77.10636.33G Infineon SS HYB25D256800CE-5C ⢠⢠512MB Apacer 77.10736.33G Infineon DS HYB25D256800CE-5C ⢠256MB Apacer 77.10639.60G ProMOS SS V58C2256804SCT5B ⢠⢠512MB Apacer 77.10739.60G ProMOS DS V58C2256804SCT5B ⢠512MB A DATA MDOSS6F3H41Y0N1E0Z SAMSUNG DS K4H560838F-TCCC ⢠256MB A DATA MDOHY6F3G31Y0N1E0Z Hynix SS HY5DU56822CT-D43 ⢠⢠⢠256MB A DATA MDOAD5F3G31Y0D1E02 N/A SS ADD8608A8A-5B ⢠⢠512MB A DATA MDOAD5F3H41Y0D1E02 N/A DS ADD8608A8A-5B ⢠256MB Winbond W9425GCDB-5 Winbond SS W942508CH-5 ⢠512MB Winbond W9451GCDB-5 Winbond DS W942508CH-5 ⢠256MB KINGMAX MPXB62D-38KT3R N/A SS KDL388P4LA-50 ⢠⢠512MB KINGMAX MPXC22D-38KT3R N/A DS KDL388P4LA-50 ⢠512MB ATP AG64L64T8SQC4S SAMSUNG DS K4H560838D-TCC4 ⢠1024MB ATP AG28L64T8SMC4M MICRON DS MT46V64M4TG-5BC ⢠256MB NANYA NT256D64S88C0G-5T N/A SS NT5DS32M8CT-5T ⢠⢠⢠512MB NANYA NT512D64S8HC0G-5T N/A DS NT5DS32M8CT-5T ⢠256MB BRAIN POWER B6U808-256M-SAM-400 SAMSUNG SS K4H560838D-TCC4 ⢠256MB ProMOS V826632K24SCTG-D0 N/A SS V58C2256804SCT5B ⢠⢠512MB ProMOS V826664K24SCTG-D0 N/A DS V58C2256804SCT5B ⢠256MB Deutron A8C53T-5B1T PSC SS A2S56D30CTP ⢠⢠⢠512MB Deutron AL6D8C53T-5B1T PSC DS A2S56D30CTP ⢠256MB Novax 96M425653CE-40TB6 CEON SS C2S56D30TP-5 ⢠512MB Novax 96M451253CE-40TB6 CEON DS C2S56D30TP-5 â¢
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 2-13 2-13 2-13 2-13 2-13 2.4.4 2.4.4 2.4.4 2.4.4 2.4.4 Removing a DIMM Removing a DIMM Removing a DIMM Removing a DIMM Removing a DIMM Follow these steps to remove a DIMM. 1. Simultaneously press the retaining clips outward to unlock the DIMM. 2. Remove the DIMM from the socket. Support the DIMM lightly with your fingers when pressing the retaining clips. The DIMM might get damaged when it flips out with extra force. 2.4.3 2.4.3 2.4.3 2.4.3 2.4.3 Installing a DIMM Installing a DIMM Installing a DIMM Installing a DIMM Installing a DIMM 3. Firmly insert the DIMM into the socket until the retaining clips snap back in place and the DIMM is properly seated. 1. Unlock a DIMM socket by pressing the retaining clips outward. 2. Align a DIMM on the socket such that the notch on the DIMM matches the break on the socket. Locked Retaining Clip Locked Retaining Clip Locked Retaining Clip Locked Retaining Clip Locked Retaining Clip Make sure to unplug the power supply before adding or removing DIMMs or other system components. Failure to do so may cause severe damage to both the motherboard and the components. A DDR DIMM is keyed with a notch so that it fits in only one direction. DO NOT force a DIMM into a socket to avoid damaging the DIMM. Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip Unlocked retaining clip DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch 1 2 1 DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch DDR DIMM notch 1 2 1
2-14 2-14 2-14 2-14 2-14 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.5 Expansion slots In the future, you may need to install expansion cards. The following sub-sections describe the slots and the expansion cards that they support. 2.5.1 2.5.1 2.5.1 2.5.1 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card Installing an expansion card To install an expansion card: 1. Before installing the expansion card, read the documentation that came with it and make the necessary hardware settings for the card. 2. Remove the system unit cover (if your motherboard is already installed in a chassis). 3. Remove the bracket opposite the slot that you intend to use. Keep the screw for later use. 4. Align the card connector with the slot and press firmly until the card is completely seated on the slot. 5. Secure the card to the chassis with the screw you removed earlier. 6. Replace the system cover. 2.5.2 2.5.2 2.5.2 2.5.2 2.5.2 Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card Configuring an expansion card After installing the expansion card, configure the it by adjusting the software settings. 1. Turn on the system and change the necessary BIOS settings, if any. See Chapter 4 for information on BIOS setup. 2. Assign an IRQ to the card. Refer to the tables on the next page. 3. Install the software drivers for the expansion card. Make sure to unplug the power cord before adding or removing expansion cards. Failure to do so may cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 2-17 2-17 2-17 2-17 2-17 2.5.3 2.5.3 2.5.3 2.5.3 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments IRQ IRQ IRQ IRQ IRQ Priority Priority Priority Priority Priority Standard Function Standard Function Standard Function Standard Function Standard Function 01 System Timer 12 Keyboard Controller 2â Re-direct to IRQ#9 31 1 Communications Port (COM2)* 41 2 Communications Port (COM1)* 51 3 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 61 4 Floppy Disk Controller 71 5 Printer Port (LPT1)* 83 System CMOS/Real Time Clock 94 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 10 5 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 11 6 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 12 7 PS/2 Compatible Mouse Port* 13 8 Numeric Data Processor 14 9 Primary IDE Channel 15 10 Secondary IDE Channel * These IRQs are usually available for ISA or PCI devices. IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard IRQ assignments for this motherboard A A A A A B B B B B C C C C C D D D D D E E E E E F F F F F G G G G G H H H H H PCI slot 1 shared â â â âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ PCI slot 2 â shared â â âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ PCI slot 3 â â shared â âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ PCI E x1 slot 1 shared â â â âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ PCI E x1 slot 2 shared â â â âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ PCI E x16 slot shared â â â âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ Onboard USB controller 1 shared â â â âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ Onboard USB controller 2 shared â â â âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ Onboard USB controller 3 â shared â â âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ Onboard USB controller 4 â shared â â âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ Onboard USB 2.0 controller â â shared â âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ Onboard LAN shared â â â âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ Onboard wireless LAN â shared â â âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ Onboard 1394a shared â â â âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ When using PCI cards on shared slots, ensure that the drivers support âÂÂShare IRQâ or that the cards do not need IRQ assignments. Otherwise, conflicts will arise between the two PCI groups, making the system unstable and the card inoperable.
2-18 2-18 2-18 2-18 2-18 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.5.4 2.5.4 2.5.4 2.5.4 2.5.4 PCI slots PCI slots PCI slots PCI slots PCI slots The PCI slots support cards such as a LAN card, SCSI card, USB card, and other cards that comply with PCI specifications. The figure shows a LAN card installed on a PCI slot. 2.5.5 2.5.5 2.5.5 2.5.5 2.5.5 PCI Express x16 slot PCI Express x16 slot PCI Express x16 slot PCI Express x16 slot PCI Express x16 slot This motherboard supports PCI Express x16 graphic cards that comply with the PCI Express specifications. The figure shows a graphics card installed on the PCI Express x16 slot. 2.5.6 2.5.6 2.5.6 2.5.6 2.5.6 PCI Express x1 slot PCI Express x1 slot PCI Express x1 slot PCI Express x1 slot PCI Express x1 slot This motherboard supports PCI Express x1 network cards, SCSI cards and other cards that comply with the PCI Express specifications. The figure shows a network card installed on the PCI Express x1 slot.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 2-19 2-19 2-19 2-19 2-19 2.6 Jumpers 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) This jumper allows you to clear the Real Time Clock (RTC) RAM in CMOS. You can clear the CMOS memory of date, time, and system setup parameters by erasing the CMOS RTC RAM data. The onboard button cell battery powers the RAM data in CMOS, which include system setup information such as system passwords. To erase the RTC RAM: 1. Turn OFF the computer and unplug the power cord. 2. Remove the onboard battery. 3. Move the jumper cap from pins 1-2 (default) to pins 2-3. Keep the cap on pins 2-3 for about 5~10 seconds, then move the cap back to pins 1-2. 4. Re-install the battery. 5. Plug the power cord and turn ON the computer. 6. Hold down the <Del> key during the boot process and enter BIOS setup to re-enter data. Except when clearing the RTC RAM, never remove the cap on CLRTC jumper default position. Removing the cap will cause system boot failure! You do not need to clear the RTC when the system hangs due to overclocking. For system failure due to overclocking, use the C.P.R. (CPU Parameter Recall) feature. Shut down and reboot the system so the BIOS can automatically reset parameter settings to default values. 12 23 A8V-E DELUXE î A8V -E DELUXE Clear RTC RAM CLRTC Normal Clear CMOS (Default)
2-20 2-20 2-20 2-20 2-20 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34, USBPW56, USBPW78) USBPW56, USBPW78) USBPW56, USBPW78) USBPW56, USBPW78) USBPW56, USBPW78) Set these jumpers to 5V to wake up the computer from S1 sleep mode (CPU stopped, DRAM refreshed, system running in low power mode) using the connected USB devices. Set to 5VSB to wake up from S3 and S4 sleep modes (no power to CPU, DRAM in slow refresh, power supply in reduced power mode). The USBPWR12 and USBPWR34 jumpers are for the rear USB ports. The USBPWR56 and USBPWR78 jumper is for the internal USB connectors that you can connect to additional USB ports. ⢠The USB device wake-up feature requires a power supply that can provide 500mA on the 5VSB lead for each USB port; otherwise, the system would not power up. ⢠The total current consumed must NOT exceed the power supply capability ( 5VSB) whether under normal condition or in sleep mode. 3 2 3 2 2 1 A8V-E DELUXE î A8V -E DELUXE USB device wake-up 5V (Default) 5VSB USBPW78 USBPW56 5V (Default) 5VSB USBPW34 USBPW12 1 2
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 2-21 2-21 2-21 2-21 2-21 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR) Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR) Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR) Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR) Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR) This jumper allows you to enable or disable the keyboard wake-up feature. Set this jumper to pins 2-3 ( 5VSB) if you wish to wake up the computer when you press a key on the keyboard (the default is the Space Bar). This feature requires an ATX power supply that can supply at least 1A on the 5VSB lead, and a corresponding setting in the BIOS. A8V-E DELUXE î A8V -E DELUXE Keyboard power setting (Default) 5V 5VSB KBPWR 2 1 2 1
2-22 2-22 2-22 2-22 2-22 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.7 Connectors 2.7.1 2.7.1 2.7.1 2.7.1 2.7.1 Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors Rear panel connectors 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. Parallel port. Parallel port. Parallel port. Parallel port. Parallel port. This 25-pin port connects a parallel printer, a scanner, or other devices. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. IEEE 1394a port. IEEE 1394a port. IEEE 1394a port. IEEE 1394a port. IEEE 1394a port. This 6-pin IEEE 1394 port provides high-speed connectivity for audio/video devices, storage peripherals, PCs, or portable devices. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. LAN RJ-45 port. LAN RJ-45 port. LAN RJ-45 port. LAN RJ-45 port. LAN RJ-45 port. This port allows Gigabit connection to a Local Area Network (LAN) through a network hub. Refer to the table below for the LAN port LED indications. SPEED LED ACT/LINK LED LAN port LAN port LED indications LAN port LED indications LAN port LED indications LAN port LED indications LAN port LED indications 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. Rear Speaker Out port (gray). Rear Speaker Out port (gray). Rear Speaker Out port (gray). Rear Speaker Out port (gray). Rear Speaker Out port (gray). This port connects the rear speakers on a 4-channel, 6-channel, or 8-channel audio configuration. 5. 5. 5. 5. 5. Side Speaker Out port (black). Side Speaker Out port (black). Side Speaker Out port (black). Side Speaker Out port (black). Side Speaker Out port (black). This port connects the side speakers in an 8-channel audio configuration. 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). Line In port (light blue). This port connects the tape, CD, DVD player, or other audio sources. 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). Line Out port (lime). This port connects a headphone or a speaker. In 4-channel, 6-channel, and 8-channel configuration, the function of this port becomes Front Speaker Out. ACT/LINK LED ACT/LINK LED ACT/LINK LED ACT/LINK LED ACT/LINK LED SPEED LED SPEED LED SPEED LED SPEED LED SPEED LED Status Status Status Status Status Description Description Description Description Description Status Status Status Status Status Description Description Description Description Description OFF No link OFF 10 Mbps connection GREEN Linked ORANGE 100 Mbps connection BLINKING Data activity GREEN 1 Gbps connection Refer to the audio configuration table on the next page for the function of the audio ports in 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration. 12 1 3 15 2 13 4 14 16 17 11 5 6 10 7 8 9
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 2-23 2-23 2-23 2-23 2-23 Wireless LAN LED indications Wireless LAN LED indications Wireless LAN LED indications Wireless LAN LED indications Wireless LAN LED indications 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. WiFi-g⢠antenna port. WiFi-g⢠antenna port. WiFi-g⢠antenna port. WiFi-g⢠antenna port. WiFi-g⢠antenna port. This port connects to the optional dipolar antenna for the onboard ASUS WiFi-g⢠solution. ( Wireless Edition only ) 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. Wireless LAN data transmission LED. Wireless LAN data transmission LED. Wireless LAN data transmission LED. Wireless LAN data transmission LED. Wireless LAN data transmission LED. This green AIR AIR AIR AIR AIR L E D indicates the data transmission status of the onboard wireless LAN adapter. Refer to the table below for the LED indications. Status Status Status Status Status Indication Indication Indication Indication Indication On On On On On The onboard WiFi-g⢠is on but has no data activity. Off Off Off Off Off The onboard WiFi-g⢠card is off. Flashing Flashing Flashing Flashing Flashing The onboard WiFi-g⢠card is transmitting and/or receiving data. 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. USB 2.0 ports 3 and 4. These two 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. These two 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 14. 14. 14. 14. 14. Optical S/PDIF Out port Optical S/PDIF Out port Optical S/PDIF Out port Optical S/PDIF Out port Optical S/PDIF Out port . This port connects an external audio output device via an optical S/PDIF cable. 15. 15. 15. 15. 15. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. This port connects an external audio output device via a coaxial S/PDIF cable. 16. 16. 16. 16. 16. PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). PS/2 keyboard port (purple). This port is for a PS/2 keyboard. 17. 17. 17. 17. 17. PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). PS/2 mouse port (green). This port is for a PS/2 mouse. 10. 10. 10. 10. 10. Microphone port (pink). Microphone port (pink). Microphone port (pink). Microphone port (pink). Microphone port (pink). This port connects a microphone. 11. 11. 11. 11. 11. Center/Subwoofer port (yellow orange). Center/Subwoofer port (yellow orange). Center/Subwoofer port (yellow orange). Center/Subwoofer port (yellow orange). Center/Subwoofer port (yellow orange). This port connects the center/subwoofer speakers. Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel configuration Light Blue Line In Line In Line In Line In Lime Line Out Front Speaker Out Front Speaker Out Front Speaker Out Pink Mic In Mic In Mic In Mic In Gray ⢠Rear Speaker Out Rear Speaker Out Rear Speaker Out Black ⢠⢠⢠Side Speaker Out Yellow Orange ⢠⢠Center/Subwoofer Center/Subwoofer Port Port Port Port Port Headset Headset Headset Headset Headset 4-channel 4-channel 4-channel 4-channel 4-channel 6-channel 6-channel 6-channel 6-channel 6-channel 8-channel 8-channel 8-channel 8-channel 8-channel 2-channel 2-channel 2-channel 2-channel 2-channel
2-24 2-24 2-24 2-24 2-24 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE, SEC_IDE) IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE, SEC_IDE) IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE, SEC_IDE) IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE, SEC_IDE) IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE, SEC_IDE) These connectors are for Ultra DMA 133/ 100/66 signal cables . The Ultra DMA 133/100/66 signal cable has three connectors: a blue connector for the primary IDE connector on the motherboard, a black connector for an Ultra DMA 133/ 100/66 IDE slave device (optical drive/hard disk drive), and a gray connector for an Ultra DMA 133/ 100/66 IDE master device (hard disk drive). If you install two hard disk drives, you must configure the second drive as a slave device by setting its jumper accordingly. Refer to the hard disk documentation for the jumper settings. 2.7.2 2.7.2 2.7.2 2.7.2 2.7.2 Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors Internal connectors 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) This connector is for the provided floppy disk drive (FDD) signal cable. Insert one end of the cable to this connector, then connect the other end to the signal connector at the back of the floppy disk drive. The Pin 5 on the connector is removed to prevent incorrect cable connection when using an FDD cable with a covered Pin 5. ⢠The Pin 20 on the IDE connector is removed to match the covered hole on the Ultra DMA cable connector. This prevents incorrect insertion when you connect the IDE cable. ⢠Use the 80-conductor IDE cable for Ultra DMA 100/66 IDE devices. A8V-E DELUXE î A8V -E DELUXE Floppy disk drive connector NOTE: Orient the red markings on the floppy ribbon cable to PIN 1. PIN 1 FLOPPY A8V-E DELUXE î A8V -E DELUXE IDE connectors NOTE: Orient the red markings (usually zigzag) on the IDE ribbon cable to PIN 1. PRI_IDE PIN 1 SEC_IDE
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 2-25 2-25 2-25 2-25 2-25 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2) Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2) Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2) Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2) Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2) These connectors are for the Serial ATA signal cables for Serial ATA hard disk drives. Important notes on Serial ATA Important notes on Serial ATA Important notes on Serial ATA Important notes on Serial ATA Important notes on Serial ATA ⢠The Serial ATA RAID feature (RAID 0, RAID 1) is available only if you are using Windows î 2000/XP. ⢠Install the Windows î 2000 Service Pack 4 or the Windows î XP Service Pack1 when using Serial ATA. A8V-E DELUXE R A8V -E DELUXE SA T A connectors S ATA 1 GND RSA T A_TXP1 RSA T A_TXN1 GND RSA T A_RXP1 RSA T A_RXN1 GND S ATA 2 GND RSA T A_TXP2 RSA T A_TXN2 GND RSA T A_RXP2 RSA T A_RXN2 GND
2-26 2-26 2-26 2-26 2-26 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. CPU, Chassis, and Power fan connectors CPU, Chassis, and Power fan connectors CPU, Chassis, and Power fan connectors CPU, Chassis, and Power fan connectors CPU, Chassis, and Power fan connectors (3-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN1, 3-pin CHIP_FAN, (3-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN1, 3-pin CHIP_FAN, (3-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN1, 3-pin CHIP_FAN, (3-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN1, 3-pin CHIP_FAN, (3-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_FAN1, 3-pin CHIP_FAN, CHA_FAN2) CHA_FAN2) CHA_FAN2) CHA_FAN2) CHA_FAN2) The fan connectors support cooling fans of 350mA~ 2000mA ( 24 W max.) or a total of 1A~3.4 8A (41 .76 W max.) at 12V. Connect the fan cables to the fan connectors on the motherboard, making sure that the black wire of each cable matches the ground pin of the connector. ⢠Do not forget to connect the fan cables to the fan connectors. Lack of sufficient air flow inside the system may damage the motherboard components. These are not jumpers! DO NOT place jumper caps on the fan connectors! ⢠The ASUS Q-Fan2 function is supported using the CPU Fan (CPU_FAN) and Chassis Fan 1 (CHA_FAN1) connectors only. A8V-E DELUXE R A8V -E DELUXE Fan connectors CPU_F AN CHA_F AN1 CHIP_F AN GND Rotation 12V CHA_F AN2 GND Rotation 12V GND Rotation 12V GND Rotation 12V
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 2-27 2-27 2-27 2-27 2-27 5. 5. 5. 5. 5. Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM1) This connector is for a serial (COM) port. Connect the serial port module cable to this connector, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. Never connect a 1394 cable 1394 cable 1394 cable 1394 cable 1394 cable t o the USB connectors. Doing so will damage the motherboard! 6. 6. 6. 6. 6. USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78) USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78) USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78) USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78) USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78) These connectors are for USB 2.0 ports. Connect the USB/GAME module cable to any of these connectors, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. These USB connectors comply with USB 2.0 specification that supports up to 480 Mbps connection speed. A8V-E DELUXE î A8V -E DELUXE COM port connector PIN 1 COM1 A8V-E DELUXE î A8V -E DELUXE USB 2.0 connectors USB56 USB 5V USB_P6- USB_P6 GND NC USB 5V USB_P5- USB_P5 GND 1 USB78 USB 5V USB_P8- USB_P8 GND NC USB 5V USB_P7- USB_P7 GND 1
2-28 2-28 2-28 2-28 2-28 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 7. 7. 7. 7. 7. ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, ATX power connectors (24-pin EATXPWR, 4-pin ATX12V) 4-pin ATX12V) 4-pin ATX12V) 4-pin ATX12V) 4-pin ATX12V) These connectors are for an ATX power supply plugs. The power supply plugs are designed to fit these connectors in only one orientation. Find the proper orientation and push down firmly until the connectors completely fit. ⢠Use of an ATX 12 V Specification 2.0-compliant power supply unit (PSU) that provides a minimum power of 350 W is recommended for a fully-configured system. ⢠Do not forget to connect the 4-pin ATX 12 V power plug; otherwise, the system will not boot up. ⢠Use of a PSU with a higher power output is recommended when configuring a system with more power-consuming devices. The system may become unstable or may not boot up if the power is inadequate. ⢠You must install a PSU with a higher power rating if you intend to install additional devices. A8V-E DELUXE î A8V -E DELUXE A TX power connectors EA TXPWR A TX12V 12V DC GND 12V DC GND 3 V olts 3 V olts Ground 5 V olts 5 V olts Ground Ground Power OK 5V Standby 12 V olts -5 V olts 5 V olts 3 V olts -12 V olts Ground Ground Ground PSON# Ground 5 V olts 12 V olts 3 V olts 5 V olts Ground
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 2-29 2-29 2-29 2-29 2-29 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) Internal audio connectors (4-pin CD, AUX) These connectors allow you to receive stereo audio input from sound sources such as a CD-ROM, TV-tuner, or MPEG card. 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. GAME/MIDI port connector (16-1 pin GAME) GAME/MIDI port connector (16-1 pin GAME) GAME/MIDI port connector (16-1 pin GAME) GAME/MIDI port connector (16-1 pin GAME) GAME/MIDI port connector (16-1 pin GAME) This connector is for a GAME/MIDI port. Connect the USB/GAME module cable to this connector, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. The GAME/MIDI port connects a joystick or game pad for playing games, and MIDI devices for playing or editing audio files. A8V-E DELUXE î A8V -E DELUXE Internal audio connectors AUX Right Audio Channel Left Audio Channel Ground Ground CD Right Audio Channel Left Audio Channel Ground Ground A8V-E DELUXE î A8V -E DELUXE Game connector GAME 5V 5V J2B1 J2CX MIDI_OUT J2CY J2B2 MIDI_IN J1B1 J1CX GND GND J1CY J1B2 5V
2-30 2-30 2-30 2-30 2-30 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 10. 10. 10. 10. 10. Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) This connector is for a chassis-mounted intrusion detection sensor or switch. Connect one end of the chassis intrusion sensor or switch cable to this connector. The chassis intrusion sensor or switch sends a high-level signal to this connector when a chassis component is removed or replaced. The signal is then generated as a chassis intrusion event. By default, the pins labeled âÂÂChassis Signalâ and âÂÂGroundâ are shorted with a jumper cap. Remove the jumper caps only when you intend to use the chassis intrusion detection feature. A8V-E DELUXE î A8V -E DELUXE Chassis alarm lead CHASSIS 5VSB_MB Chassis Signal GND (Default) Never connect a USB cable USB cable USB cable USB cable USB cable t o the IEEE 1394a connectors. Doing so will damage the motherboard! 11. 11. 11. 11. 11. IEEE 1394 connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) IEEE 1394 connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) IEEE 1394 connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) IEEE 1394 connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) IEEE 1394 connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) These connectors are for IEEE 1394a ports. Connect the IEEE 1394 module cable to this connector, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. A8V-E DELUXE î A8V -E DELUXE IEEE 1394 connector IE1394_2 1 GND 12V TPB2- GND TP A2- 12V TPB2 GND TP A2
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 2-31 2-31 2-31 2-31 2-31 A8V-E DELUXE î A8V -E DELUXE Front panel audio connector FP_AUDIO BLINE_OUT_L MIC2 Line out_R Line out_L BLINE_OUT_R NC MICPWR 5V A AGND 12. 12. 12. 12. 12. Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin FP_AUDIO) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin FP_AUDIO) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin FP_AUDIO) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin FP_AUDIO) Front panel audio connector (10-1 pin FP_AUDIO) This connector is for a chassis-mounted front panel audio I/O module that supports legacy AC âÂÂ97 audio standard. Connect one end of the front panel audio I/O module cable to this connector. A8V-E DELUXE î A8V -E DELUXE Digital audio connector SPDIF GND 5V SPDIF_IN SPDIF_OUT GND 1 13. 13. 13. 13. 13. Digital audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF) Digital audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF) Digital audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF) Digital audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF) Digital audio connector (4-1 pin SPDIF) This connector is for an additional Sony/Philips Digital Interface (S/PDIF) port(s). Connect the S/PDIF module cable to this connector, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. The S/PDIF module is purchased separately.
2-32 2-32 2-32 2-32 2-32 Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information Chapter 2: Hardware information 14. 14. 14. 14. 14. System panel connector (20-pin PANEL) System panel connector (20-pin PANEL) System panel connector (20-pin PANEL) System panel connector (20-pin PANEL) System panel connector (20-pin PANEL) This connector supports several chassis-mounted functions. The sytem panel connector is color-coded for easy connection. Refer to the connector description below for details. A8V-E DELUXE î A8V -E DELUXE System panel connector * Requires an A TX power supply . P ANEL PLED- PWR 5V Speaker Ground RESET Ground Reset Ground Ground PWR PLED IDE_LED- IDE_LED IDE LED Ground SMI ExtSMI# PLED SPEAKER ⢠System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) This 3-pin connector is for the system power LED. Connect the chassis power LED cable to this connector. The system power LED lights up when you turn on the system power, and blinks when the system is in sleep mode. ⢠System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) This 4-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted system warning speaker. The speaker allows you to hear system beeps and warnings. ⢠Hard disk drive activity (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) Hard disk drive activity (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) Hard disk drive activity (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) Hard disk drive activity (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) Hard disk drive activity (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) This 2-pin connector is for the HDD Activity LED. Connect the HDD Activity LED cable to this connector. The IDE LED lights up or flashes when data is read from or written to the HDD. ⢠Power/Soft-off button (Yellow 2-pin PWR) Power/Soft-off button (Yellow 2-pin PWR) Power/Soft-off button (Yellow 2-pin PWR) Power/Soft-off button (Yellow 2-pin PWR) Power/Soft-off button (Yellow 2-pin PWR) This connector is for the system power button. Pressing the power button turns the system ON or puts the system in SLEEP or SOFT-OFF mode depending on the BIOS settings. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds while the system is ON turns the system OFF. ⢠Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) This 2-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted reset button for system reboot without turning off the system power.
3 Powering up This chapter describes the power up sequence, the vocal POST messages, and ways of shutting down the system.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe Chapter summary 3.1 Starting up for the first time ................................................ 3-1 3.2 Powering off the computer .................................................. 3-2 3.3 ASUS POST Reporter⢠.......................................................... 3-3
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 3-1 3-1 3-1 3-1 3-1 3.1 Starting up for the first time 1. After making all the connections, replace the system case cover. 2. Be sure that all switches are off. 3. Connect the power cord to the power connector at the back of the system chassis. 4. Connect the power cord to a power outlet that is equipped with a surge protector. 5. Turn on the devices in the following order: a. Monitor b. External SCSI devices (starting with the last device on the chain) c. System power 6. After applying power, the system power LED on the system front panel case lights up. For systems withATX power supplies, the system LED lights up when you press the ATX power button. If your monitor complies with âÂÂgreenâ standards or if it has a âÂÂpower standbyâ feature, the monitor LED may light up or switch between orange and green after the system LED turns on. The system then runs the power-on self tests or POST. While the tests are running, the BIOS beeps (see BIOS beep codes table below) or additional messages appear on the screen. If you do not see anything within 30 seconds from the time you turned on the power, the system may have failed a power-on test. Check the jumper settings and connections or call your retailer for assistance. 7. At power on, hold down the <Delete> key to enter the BIOS Setup. Follow the instructions in Chapter 4.
3-2 3-2 3-2 3-2 3-2 Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up 3.2 Powering off the computer 3.2.1 3.2.1 3.2.1 3.2.1 3.2.1 Using the OS shut down function Using the OS shut down function Using the OS shut down function Using the OS shut down function Using the OS shut down function If you are using Windows î 2000: 1. Click the Start Start Start Start Start button then click Shut Down... Shut Down... Shut Down... Shut Down... Shut Down... 2. Make sure that the Shut Down Shut Down Shut Down Shut Down Shut Down option button is selected, then click the OK OK OK OK OK button to shut down the computer. 3. The power supply should turn off after Windows î shuts down. If you are using Windows î XP: 1. Click the Start Start Start Start Start button then select Turn Off Computer. Turn Off Computer. Turn Off Computer. Turn Off Computer. Turn Off Computer. 2. Click the Turn Off Turn Off Turn Off Turn Off Turn Off button to shut down the computer. 3. The power supply should turn off after Windows î shuts down. 3.2.2 3.2.2 3.2.2 3.2.2 3.2.2 Using the dual function power switch Using the dual function power switch Using the dual function power switch Using the dual function power switch Using the dual function power switch While the system is ON, pressing the power switch for less than four seconds puts the system to sleep mode or to soft-off mode, depending on the BIOS setting. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds lets the system enter the soft-off mode regardless of the BIOS setting. Refer to section âÂÂ4.5 Power Menuâ in Chapter 4 for details.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 3-3 3-3 3-3 3-3 3-3 3.3 ASUS POST Reporter⢠This motherboard includes the Winbond speech controller to support a special feature called the ASUS POST Reporterâ¢. This feature lets you hear vocal messages during POST that alerts you of system events and boot status. In case of a boot failure, you will hear the specific cause of the problem. These POST messages are customizable using the Winbond Voice Editor software that came with your package. You can record your own messages to replace the default messages. 3.3.1 3.3.1 3.3.1 3.3.1 3.3.1 Vocal POST messages Vocal POST messages Vocal POST messages Vocal POST messages Vocal POST messages Following is a list of the default POST messages and the corresponding actions you can take: POST Message POST Message POST Message POST Message POST Message Action Action Action Action Action No CPU installed ⢠Install a supported processor to the CPU socket. See section âÂÂ2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU)â for details. System failed CPU test ⢠Check the CPU if properly installed. ⢠Call ASUS technical support for assistance. See the ASUS contact information on the inside front cover of this user guide. System failed memory test ⢠Install supported DDR2 DIMMs into the memory sockets. ⢠Check if the DIMMs on the DIMM sockets are properly installed. ⢠Make sure that your DIMMs are not defective. ⢠Refer to section âÂÂ2.4 System memoryâ for instructions on installing a DIMM. System failed VGA test ⢠Install a PCI graphics card into one of the PCI slots, or a PCI Express AGP card into the PCI Express x16 slot. ⢠Make sure that your graphics card is not defective. System failed due to CPU ⢠Check your CPU overclocking settings in the BIOS setup and restore the default CPU parameters. No keyboard detected ⢠Check if your keyboard is properly connected to the purple PS/2 connector on the rear panel. ⢠See section âÂÂ2.7.1 Rear panel connectorsâ for the location of the connector. No IDE hard disk detected ⢠Make sure you have connected an IDE hard disk drive to one of the IDE connectors on the motherboard.
3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up POST Message POST Message POST Message POST Message POST Message Action Action Action Action Action CPU temperature too high ⢠Check if the CPU fan is working properly. CPU fan failed ⢠Check the CPU fan and make sure it turns on after you apply power to the system. ⢠Make sure that your CPU fan supports the fan speed detection function. CPU voltage out of range ⢠Check your power supply and make sure it is not defective. ⢠Call ASUS technical support for assistance. See the âÂÂASUS contact informationâ on the inside front cover of this user guide. Computer now booting from operating ⢠No action required system You can enable or disable the ASUS POST Reporter⢠in the Speech Speech Speech Speech Speech Configuration Configuration Configuration Configuration Configuration option in the BIOS setup. See section 4.4.9 for details.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3.3.2 3.3.2 3.3.2 3.3.2 3.3.2 Winbond Voice Editor Winbond Voice Editor Winbond Voice Editor Winbond Voice Editor Winbond Voice Editor The Winbond Voice Editor software allows you to customize the vocal POST messages. You can install this application from the support CD. Launching the Voice Editor Launching the Voice Editor Launching the Voice Editor Launching the Voice Editor Launching the Voice Editor You can launch the program from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start Start Start Start Start > All Programs > Winbond Voice Editor > Voice Editor > All Programs > Winbond Voice Editor > Voice Editor > All Programs > Winbond Voice Editor > Voice Editor > All Programs > Winbond Voice Editor > Voice Editor > All Programs > Winbond Voice Editor > Voice Editor . The Winbond Voice Editor screen appears. Playing the default wave files Playing the default wave files Playing the default wave files Playing the default wave files Playing the default wave files To play the default wave files, simply click on a POST event on the left side of the screen, then click the Play button. Default Messages Default Messages Default Messages Default Messages Default Messages POST Events POST Events POST Events POST Events POST Events To avoid conflicts, do not run the Winbond Voice Editor while running the ASUS PC Probe application. The default language setting is English.
3-6 3-6 3-6 3-6 3-6 Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up 3. Click the Write Write Write Write Write button from the Voice Editor main window to update the EEPROM. 4. Click Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes t o confirm. Changing the default language Changing the default language Changing the default language Changing the default language Changing the default language To change the default language: 1. Click the Load Load Load Load Load button from the Voice Editor main window. A window with the available languages appears. 2. Select your desired language, then click Open Open Open Open Open . The event messages for the language you selected appear on the Voice Editor main window. Not all events on some languages have a corresponding message due to file size constraints. The next time you boot your computer, the ASUS Post Reporter announces the messages in the selected language.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 3-7 3-7 3-7 3-7 3-7 Customizing your POST messages Customizing your POST messages Customizing your POST messages Customizing your POST messages Customizing your POST messages The Voice Editor application allows you to record your own POST messages if your language is not supported or if you wish to to replace the pre-installed wave files. To customize your POST messages. 1. Launch the Voice Editor application and note the list of POST events on the leftmost column of the screen. 2. Prepare your message for each event. 3. Use a recording software (e.g. Windows î Recorder) to record your messages, then save the messages as wave files (.WAV). 4. From the Voice Editor screen, click the Add Add Add Add Add button to display the Add Wave File Add Wave File Add Wave File Add Wave File Add Wave File window. 5. Copy the wave files that you recorded to the database, then close the window when done. ⢠The total compressed size for all the wave files must not exceed 1Mbit, so keep your messages as short as possible. ⢠To keep file sizes small, save your files at a low quality. For example, use 8-bit, mono quality at 22Khz sampling rate. ⢠Create a separate folder for your wave files so you can locate them easily.
3-8 3-8 3-8 3-8 3-8 Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up Chapter 3: Powering up If you receive an error message telling you that the files exceed the total allowable size, do any or all of the following: ⢠Shorten your messages. ⢠Save the wave files at a lower quality ⢠Do not include seldom-used events like FDD Detection, IDE HDD Detection, etc. 6. Select a POST event on the Voice Editor main window, then click the Edit Edit Edit Edit Edit button. The Event Sound Editor Event Sound Editor Event Sound Editor Event Sound Editor Event Sound Editor window appears. 7. Locate and select your wave file for the event, then click on the arrow opposite Voice1. The file you select appears on the space next to it. 8. Click OK OK OK OK OK to return to the Voice Editor main window. 9. Do steps 6 to 8 for the other events. 10. When done, click Save Save Save Save Save . A window appears prompting you to save your configuration. 11. Type a file name with an .flh .flh .flh .flh .flh extension, then click Save. 12. Click the Write Write Write Write Write button to compress the file and copy into the EEPROM. 13. Click Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes o n the confirmation window that appears.
4 BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change the system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe Chapter summary 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ........................................ 4-1 4.2 BIOS setup program ........................................................... 4-11 4.3 Main menu .......................................................................... 4-15 4.4 Advanced menu .................................................................. 4-18 4.5 Power menu ........................................................................ 4-33 4.6 Boot menu .......................................................................... 4-37 4.7 Exit menu ........................................................................... 4-44
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-1 4-1 4-1 4-1 4-1 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS The following utilities allow you to manage and update the motherboard Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) setup. 1. AwardBIOS Flash Utility AwardBIOS Flash Utility AwardBIOS Flash Utility AwardBIOS Flash Utility AwardBIOS Flash Utility (Updates the BIOS in DOS mode using a bootable floppy disk.) 2. ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 (Updates the BIOS using a bootable floppy disk or the motherboard support CD when the BIOS file fails or gets corrupted.) 3. ASUS EZ Flash ASUS EZ Flash ASUS EZ Flash ASUS EZ Flash ASUS EZ Flash (Updates the BIOS in DOS using a floppy disk or the motherboard support CD.) 4. ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update (Updates the BIOS in Windows î environment.) Refer to the corresponding sections for details on these utilities. 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 4.1.1 Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk Creating a bootable floppy disk 1. Do either one of the following to create a bootable floppy disk. DOS environment a. Insert a 1.44MB floppy disk into the drive. b. At the DOS prompt, type format A:/S then press <Enter>. Windows î XP environment a. Insert a 1.44 MB floppy disk to the floppy disk drive. b. Click Start Start Start Start Start from the Windows î desktop, then select My My My My My Computer Computer Computer Computer Computer . c. Select the 3 1/2 Floppy Drive icon. d. Click File File File File File from the menu, then select Format Format Format Format Format . A Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Format 3 1/2 Floppy Disk Floppy Disk Floppy Disk Floppy Disk Floppy Disk window appears. e. Select Create an MS-DOS startup disk Create an MS-DOS startup disk Create an MS-DOS startup disk Create an MS-DOS startup disk Create an MS-DOS startup disk from the format options field, then click Start Start Start Start Start . Windows î 2000 environment To create a set of boot disks for Windows î 2000: a. Insert a formatted, high density 1.44 MB floppy disk into the drive. b. Insert the Windows î 2000 CD to the optical drive. Save a copy of the original motherboard BIOS file to a bootable floppy disk in case you need to restore the BIOS in the future. Copy the original motherboard BIOS using the ASUS Update or AwardBIOS Flash utilities.
4-2 4-2 4-2 4-2 4-2 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup c. Click Start Start Start Start Start , then select Run Run Run Run Run . d. From the Open field, type D:\bootdisk\makeboot a: assuming that D: is your optical drive. e. Press <Enter>, then follow screen instructions to continue. 2. Copy the original or the latest motherboard BIOS file to the bootable floppy disk. 4.1.2 4.1.2 4.1.2 4.1.2 4.1.2 Updating the BIOS Updating the BIOS Updating the BIOS Updating the BIOS Updating the BIOS The Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) can be updated using the AwardBIOS Flash Utility. Follow these instructions to update the BIOS using this utility. 1. Download the latest BIOS file from the ASUS web site. Rename the file to A8V-E.BIN A8V-E.BIN A8V-E.BIN A8V-E.BIN A8V-E.BIN and save it to a floppy disk. Save only the updated BIOS file in the floppy disk to avoid loading the wrong BIOS file. 2. Copy the AwardBIOS Flash Utility (awdflash.exe) from the Software folder of the support CD to the floppy disk with the latest BIOS file. 3. Boot the system in DOS mode using the bootable floppy disk you created earlier. 4. When the A:> A:> A:> A:> A:> appears, replace the bootable floppy disk with the floppy disk containing the new BIOS file and the Award BIOS Flash Utility. 5. At the prompt, type awdflash awdflash awdflash awdflash awdflash then press <Enter>. The Award BIOS Flash Utility screen appears. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please input File Name! For K8T890-8237-A8V-E-00 DATE: 09/10/2004 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program:
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-3 4-3 4-3 4-3 4-3 6. Type the BIOS file name in the File Name to File Name to File Name to File Name to File Name to Program Program Program Program Program field, then press <Enter>. Do not turn off or reset the system during the flashing process! AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved For K8T890-8237-A8V-E-00 DATE: 09/10/2004 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: A8V-E.BIN AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Warning: DonâÂÂt Turn Off Power Or Reset System! For K8T890-8237-A8V-E-00 DATE: 09/10/2004 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: A8V-E.BIN Program Flashing Memory - OFE00 OK Write OK No Update Write Fail Message: Do You Want To Save Bios (Y/N) 9. The utility displays a Flashing Complete Flashing Complete Flashing Complete Flashing Complete Flashing Complete message indicating that you have successfully flashed the BIOS file. Press <F1> to restart the system. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved F1 Reset For K8T890-8237-A8V-E-00 DATE: 09/10/2004 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: A8V-E.BIN Flashing Complete Press <F1> to Continue Write OK No Update Write Fail 7. Press <N> when the utility prompts you to save the current BIOS file. The following screen appears. 8. The utility verifies the BIOS file in the floppy disk and starts flashing the BIOS file.
4-4 4-4 4-4 4-4 4-4 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 3. Type a filename for the current BIOS file in the Save current BIOS Save current BIOS Save current BIOS Save current BIOS Save current BIOS as as as as as field, then press <Enter>. 4. The utility saves the current BIOS file to the floppy disk, then returns to the BIOS flashing process. 4.1.3 4.1.3 4.1.3 4.1.3 4.1.3 Saving the current BIOS file Saving the current BIOS file Saving the current BIOS file Saving the current BIOS file Saving the current BIOS file You can use the AwardBIOS Flash Utility to save the current BIOS file. You can load the current BIOS file when the BIOS file gets corrupted during the flashing process. To save the current BIOS file using the AwardBIOS Flash Utility: 1. Follow steps 1 to 6 of the previous section. 2. Press <Y> when the utility prompts you to save the current BIOS file. The following screen appears. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: For K8T890-8237-A8V-E-00 DATE: 09/10/2004 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: A8V-E.BIN Save current BIOS as: AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please Wait! For K8T890-8237-A8V-E-00 DATE: 09/10/2004 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: A8V-E.BIN Checksum: DAD6H Save current BIOS as: old.bin AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please Wait! For K8T890-8237-A8V-E-00 DATE: 09/10/2004 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: A8V-E.BIN Now Backup System BIOS to File!
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-5 4-5 4-5 4-5 4-5 4.1.4 4.1.4 4.1.4 4.1.4 4.1.4 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility The ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 is an auto recovery tool that allows you to restore the BIOS file when it fails or gets corrupted during the updating process. You can update a corrupted BIOS file using the motherboard support CD or the floppy disk that contains the updated BIOS file. Prepare the motherboard support CD or the floppy disk containing the updated motherboard BIOS before using this utility. Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD Recovering the BIOS from the support CD To recover the BIOS from the support CD: 1. Turn on the system. 2. Insert the motherboard support CD to the optical drive. 3. The utility displays the following message and automatically checks the CD for the BIOS file. 4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS! Doing so can cause system boot failure! Award BootBlock BIOS v1.0 Copyright (c) 2000, Award Software, Inc. BIOS ROM checksum error Detecting IDE ATAPI device... Found CDROM, try to Boot from it... Pass When found, the utility reads the BIOS file and starts flashing the corrupted BIOS file. Award BootBlock BIOS v1.0 Copyright (c) 2000, Award Software, Inc. BIOS ROM checksum error Detecting IDE ATAPI device...
4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup The recovered BIOS may not be the latest BIOS version for this motherboard. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS file. Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk Recovering the BIOS from a floppy disk To recover the BIOS from the support CD: 1. Remove any CD from the optical drive, then turn on the system. 2. Insert the floppy disk with the original or updated BIOS file to the floppy disk drive. 3. The utility displays the following message and automatically checks the floppy disk for the original or updated BIOS file. 4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS! Doing so can cause system boot failure! When no CD is found, the utility automatically checks the floppy drive for the original or updated BIOS file. The utility then updates the corrupted BIOS file. Award BootBlock BIOS v1.0 Copyright (c) 2000, Award Software, Inc. BIOS ROM checksum error Detecting IDE ATAPI device... Found CDROM, try to Boot from it... Fail Detecting floppy drive A media... Award BootBlock BIOS v1.0 Copyright (c) 2000, Award Software, Inc. BIOS ROM checksum error Detecting IDE ATAPI device...
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-7 4-7 4-7 4-7 4-7 4.1.5 4.1.5 4.1.5 4.1.5 4.1.5 ASUS EZ Flash utility ASUS EZ Flash utility ASUS EZ Flash utility ASUS EZ Flash utility ASUS EZ Flash utility The ASUS EZ Flash feature allows you to update the BIOS without having to go through the long process of booting from a floppy disk and using a DOS-based utility. The EZ Flash utility is built-in the BIOS chip so it is accessible by pressing <Alt> <F2> during the Power-On Self Tests (POST). To update the BIOS using EZ Flash: 1. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS file for the motherboard. 2. Save the BIOS file to a floppy disk, then restart the system. 3. Press <Alt> <F2> during POST to display the following. Insert Disk then press Enter or ESC to continue POST 4. Insert the floppy disk that contains the BIOS file to the floppy disk drive then press <Enter>. The following screen appears. Do not shutdown or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent system boot failure! AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.01 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please wait... For NF-KC804-A8N-SLI-00 DATE: 11/18/2004 Flash Type - SST 49LF004A/B /3.3V File Name to Program: 5. When the correct BIOS file is found, EZ Flash performs the BIOS update process and automatically reboots the system when done.
4-8 4-8 4-8 4-8 4-8 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update Installing ASUS Update To install ASUS Update: 1. Place the support CD in the optical drive. The Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers menu appears. 2. Click the Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities tab, then click Install ASUS Update Install ASUS Update Install ASUS Update Install ASUS Update Install ASUS Update VX.XX.XX VX.XX.XX VX.XX.XX VX.XX.XX VX.XX.XX . See page 5-3 for the Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities Utilities screen menu. 3. The ASUS Update utility is copied to your system. 4.1.6 4.1.6 4.1.6 4.1.6 4.1.6 ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility ASUS Update utility The ASUS Update is a utility that allows you to manage, save, and update the motherboard BIOS in Windows î environment. The ASUS Update utility allows you to: ⢠Save the current BIOS file ⢠Download the latest BIOS file from the Internet ⢠Update the BIOS from an updated BIOS file ⢠Update the BIOS directly from the Internet, and ⢠View the BIOS version information. This utility is available in the support CD that comes with the motherboard package. ASUS Update requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP). Quit all Windows î applications before you update the BIOS using this utility.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-9 4-9 4-9 4-9 4-9 3. Select the ASUS FTP site nearest you to avoid network traffic, or click Auto Select Auto Select Auto Select Auto Select Auto Select . Click Next Next Next Next Next . Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet Updating the BIOS through the Internet To update the BIOS through the Internet: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start Start Start Start Start > Programs Programs Programs Programs Programs > ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate . T h e ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from Update BIOS from Update BIOS from Update BIOS from Update BIOS from the Internet the Internet the Internet the Internet the Internet option from the drop-down menu, then click Next Next Next Next Next .
4-10 4-10 4-10 4-10 4-10 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file Updating the BIOS through a BIOS file To update the BIOS through a BIOS file: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start Start Start Start Start > Programs Programs Programs Programs Programs > ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS ASUS > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate ASUSUpdate . The ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a Update BIOS from a file file file file file option from the drop-down menu, then click Next Next Next Next Next . 4. From the FTP site, select the BIOS version that you wish to download. Click Next. 5. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process. The ASUS Update utility is capable of updating itself through the Internet. Always update the utility to avail all its features. 3. Locate the BIOS file from the Open Open Open Open Open window, then click Save Save Save Save Save . 4. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-11 4-11 4-11 4-11 4-11 4.2 BIOS setup program This motherboard supports a programmable Low-Pin Count (LPC) chip that you can update using the provided utility described in section â 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS.â Use the BIOS Setup program when you are installing a motherboard, reconfiguring your system, or prompted to âÂÂRun SetupâÂÂ. This section explains how to configure your system using this utility. Even if you are not prompted to use the Setup program, you can change the configuration of your computer in the future. For example, you can enable the security password feature or change the power management settings. This requires you to reconfigure your system using the BIOS Setup program so that the computer can recognize these changes and record them in the CMOS RAM of the LPC chip. The LPC chip on the motherboard stores the Setup utility. When you start up the computer, the system provides you with the opportunity to run this program. Press <Del> during the Power-On Self-Test (POST) to enter the Setup utility; otherwise, POST continues with its test routines. If you wish to enter Setup after POST, restart the system by pressing <Ctrl Alt Delete>, or by pressing the reset button on the system chassis. You can also restart by turning the system off and then back on. Do this last option only if the first two failed. The Setup program is designed to make it as easy to use as possible. Being a menu-driven program, it lets you scroll through the various sub-menus and make your selections from the available options using the navigation keys. ⢠The default BIOS settings for this motherboard apply for most conditions to ensure optimum performance. If the system becomes unstable after changing any BIOS settings, load the default settings to ensure system compatibility and stability. Select the Load Load Load Load Load Default Settings Default Settings Default Settings Default Settings Default Settings item under the Exit Menu. See section âÂÂ4.7 Exit Menu.â â¢ The BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference purposes only, and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS file for this motherboard and .
4-12 4-12 4-12 4-12 4-12 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Change the day, month, year and century. System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Wed, Sep 15 2004 Language [English] Legacy Diskette A: [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Primary IDE Master [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CDS520/A] Secondary IDE Master [None] Secondary IDE Slave [None] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Installed Memory 256MB 4.2.2 4.2.2 4.2.2 4.2.2 4.2.2 Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar The menu bar on top of the screen has the following main items: Main Main Main Main Main For changing the basic system configuration Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced Advanced For changing the advanced system settings Power Power Power Power Power For changing the advanced power management (APM) configuration Boot Boot Boot Boot Boot For changing the system boot configuration Exit Exit Exit Exit Exit For selecting the exit options and loading default settings To select an item on the menu bar, press the right or left arrow key on the keyboard until the desired item is highlighted. 4.2.1 4.2.1 4.2.1 4.2.1 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen BIOS menu screen ⢠The BIOS setup screens shown in this chapter are for reference purposes only, and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS information. Legend bar Legend bar Legend bar Legend bar Legend bar General help General help General help General help General help Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Menu bar Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-13 4-13 4-13 4-13 4-13 4.2.4 4.2.4 4.2.4 4.2.4 4.2.4 Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items Menu items The highlighted item on the menu bar displays the specific items for that menu. For example, selecting Main Main Main Main Main shows the Main menu items. The other items (Advanced, Power, Boot, and Exit) on the menu bar have their respective menu items. 4.2.5 4.2.5 4.2.5 4.2.5 4.2.5 Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items Sub-menu items A solid triangle before each item on any menu screen means that the iteam has a sub-menu. To display the sub-menu, select the item and press <Enter>. 4.2.6 4.2.6 4.2.6 4.2.6 4.2.6 Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields Configuration fields These fields show the values for the menu items. If an item is user-configurable, you can change the value of the field opposite the item. You cannot select an item that is not user-configurable. A configurable field is enclosed in brackets, and is highlighted when selected. To change the value of a field, select it then press <Enter> to display a list of options. Refer to âÂÂ4.2.7 Pop-up window.â 4.2.3 4.2.3 4.2.3 4.2.3 4.2.3 Legend bar Legend bar Legend bar Legend bar Legend bar At the bottom of the Setup screen is a legend bar. The keys in the legend bar allow you to navigate through the various setup menus. The following table lists the keys found in the legend bar with their corresponding functions. Navigation Key Navigation Key Navigation Key Navigation Key Navigation Key Function Function Function Function Function <F1> <F1> <F1> <F1> <F1> Displays the General Help screen <F5> <F5> <F5> <F5> <F5> Loads setup default values <Esc> <Esc> <Esc> <Esc> <Esc> Exits the BIOS setup or returns to the main menu from a sub-menu Left or Right arrow Left or Right arrow Left or Right arrow Left or Right arrow Left or Right arrow Selects the menu item to the left or right Up or Down arrow Up or Down arrow Up or Down arrow Up or Down arrow Up or Down arrow Moves the highlight up or down between fields Page Down or â (minus) Page Down or â (minus) Page Down or â (minus) Page Down or â (minus) Page Down or â (minus) Scrolls backward through the values for the highlighted field Page Up or (plus) Page Up or (plus) Page Up or (plus) Page Up or (plus) Page Up or (plus) Scrolls forward through the values for the highlighted field <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> Brings up a selection menu for the highlighted field <F10> <F10> <F10> <F10> <F10> Saves changes and exit
4-14 4-14 4-14 4-14 4-14 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.2.7 4.2.7 4.2.7 4.2.7 4.2.7 Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Pop-up window Select a menu item then press <Enter> to display a pop-up window with the configuration options for that item. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Specifies the capacity and physical size of diskette drive A. System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Wed, Sep 15 2004 Legacy Diskette A: [ 1.44M, 3.5 in. ] Primary IDE Master [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CDS520/A] Secondary IDE Master [None] Secondary IDE Slave [None] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Installed Memory 256MB Legacy Diskette A: Disabled ..... [ ] 360K , 5.25 in. ..... [ ] 1.2M , 5.25 in. ..... [ ] 720K , 3.5 in. ..... [ ] 1.44M, 3.5 in. ..... [ ] 2.88M, 3.5 in. ..... [ ] âÂÂâ :Move ENTER:Accept ESC:Abort Pop-up menu Pop-up menu Pop-up menu Pop-up menu Pop-up menu 4.2.8 4.2.8 4.2.8 4.2.8 4.2.8 General help General help General help General help General help At the top right corner of the menu screen is a brief description of the selected item.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-15 4-15 4-15 4-15 4-15 F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Change the day, month, year and century. System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Wed, Sep 15 2004 Language [English] Legacy Diskette A: [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Primary IDE Master [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CDS520/A] Secondary IDE Master [None] Secondary IDE Slave [None] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Installed Memory 256MB 4.3 Main menu When you enter the BIOS Setup program, the Main menu screen appears, giving you an overview of the basic system information. Refer to section âÂÂ4.2.1 BIOS menu screenâ for information on the menu screen items and how to navigate through them. 4.3.1 4.3.1 4.3.1 4.3.1 4.3.1 System Time [xx:xx:xxxx] System Time [xx:xx:xxxx] System Time [xx:xx:xxxx] System Time [xx:xx:xxxx] System Time [xx:xx:xxxx] Allows you to set the system time. 4.3.2 4.3.2 4.3.2 4.3.2 4.3.2 System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] Allows you to set the system date. 4.3.3 4.3.3 4.3.3 4.3.3 4.3.3 Language [English] Language [English] Language [English] Language [English] Language [English] Allows you to choose the BIOS language version from the options. Configuration options: [English] [French] [German] 4.3.4 4.3.4 4.3.4 4.3.4 4.3.4 Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Sets the type of floppy drive installed. Configuration options: [Disabled] [360K, 5.25 in.] [1.2M , 5.25 in.] [720K , 3.5 in.] [1.44M, 3.5 in.] [2.88M, 3.5 in.]
4-16 4-16 4-16 4-16 4-16 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Before attempting to configure a hard disk drive, make sure you have the correct configuration information supplied by the drive manufacturer. Incorrect settings may cause the system to fail to recognize the installed hard disk. 4.3.5 4.3.5 4.3.5 4.3.5 4.3.5 Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave Primary and Secondary IDE Master/Slave While entering Setup, the BIOS automatically detects the presence of IDE devices. There is a separate sub-menu for each IDE device. Select a device item then press <Enter> to display the IDE device information. The BIOS automatically detects the values opposite the dimmed items (Capacity, Cylinder, Head, Sector and Transfer Mode). These values are not user-configurable. These items show N/A if no IDE device is installed in the system. Primary/Secondary IDE Master/Slave [Auto] Primary/Secondary IDE Master/Slave [Auto] Primary/Secondary IDE Master/Slave [Auto] Primary/Secondary IDE Master/Slave [Auto] Primary/Secondary IDE Master/Slave [Auto] Select [Auto] to automatically detect an IDE hard disk drive. If automatic detection is successful, the BIOS automatically fills in the correct values for the remaining fields on this sub-menu. If the hard disk was already formatted on a previous system, the setup BIOS may detect incorrect parameters. Select [Manual] to manually enter the IDE hard disk drive parameters. If no drive is installed select [None]. Configuration options: [None] [Auto] [Manual] Access Mode [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] The default [Auto] allows automatic detection of an IDE hard disk drive. Select [CHS] for this item if you set the IDE Primary Master/Slave to [Manual]. Configuration options: [CHS] [LBA] [Large] [Auto] F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Select Menu Item Specific Help Press [Enter] to select Primary IDE Master Primary IDE Master [ Auto ] Access Mode [Auto] Capacity 13579 MB Cylinder 26310 Head 16 Sector 63 PIO Mode [Auto] UDMA Mode [Auto] Transfer Mode UDMA 4
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-17 4-17 4-17 4-17 4-17 Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Displays the auto-detected hard disk capacity. This item is not configurable. Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Shows the number of the hard disk cylinders. This item is not configurable. Head Head Head Head Head Shows the number of the hard disk read/write heads. This item is not configurable. Sector Sector Sector Sector Sector Shows the number of sectors per track. This item is not configurable. PIO Mode PIO Mode PIO Mode PIO Mode PIO Mode Sets the PIO mode for the IDE device. Configuration options: [Auto] [Mode 0] [Mode 1] [Mode 2] [Mode 3] [Mode 4] UDMA Mode UDMA Mode UDMA Mode UDMA Mode UDMA Mode Disables or sets the UDMA mode. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Auto] Transfer Mode Transfer Mode Transfer Mode Transfer Mode Transfer Mode Shows the Transfer mode. This item is not configurable. After entering the IDE hard disk drive information into BIOS, use a disk utility, such as FDISK, to partition and format new IDE hard disk drives. This is necessary so that you can write or read data from the hard disk. Make sure to set the partition of the Primary IDE hard disk drives to active. 4.3.6 4.3.6 4.3.6 4.3.6 4.3.6 HDD SMART Monitoring HDD SMART Monitoring HDD SMART Monitoring HDD SMART Monitoring HDD SMART Monitoring Enables or disables the hard disk Self-Monitoring Analysis & Reporting Technology (SMART) feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.3.7 4.3.7 4.3.7 4.3.7 4.3.7 Installed Memory Installed Memory Installed Memory Installed Memory Installed Memory Shows the size of installed memory.
4-18 4-18 4-18 4-18 4-18 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Press Enter to Set CPU Configuration Chipset PCIPnP Onboard Device Configuration USB Configuration JumperFree Configuration LAN Cable Status PEG Link Mode Speech Configuration Instant Music 4.4.1 4.4.1 4.4.1 4.4.1 4.4.1 CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration CPU Configuration Cool Nâ Quiet [Auto] Cool Nâ Quiet [Auto] Cool Nâ Quiet [Auto] Cool Nâ Quiet [Auto] Cool Nâ Quiet [Auto] Allows you to disable or set the AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology feature. Configuration options: [Auto] [Disabled] ⢠Make sure that the above item is set to Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto i f you want to use the AMD CPU Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology feature. ⢠This feature requires the AMD CPU heatsink and fan assembly with monitor chip. If you purchased a separate heatsink and fan package, use the ASUS Q-Fan Technology feature to automatically adjust the CPU fan speed according to your system loading. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help CPU Configuration CPU Type AMD Athlon(tm) 64 Processor 3400 CPU Speed 2200MHz Cache RAM 512K Current FSB Frequency 200 MHz AMD K8 CoolâÂÂnâÂÂQuiet control [ Auto] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.4 Advanced menu The Advanced menu items allow you to change the settings for the CPU and other system devices. Take caution when changing the settings of the Advanced menu items. Incorrect field values can cause the system to malfunction. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-19 4-19 4-19 4-19 4-19 4.4.2 4.4.2 4.4.2 4.4.2 4.4.2 Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset Chipset DRAM Configuration DRAM Configuration DRAM Configuration DRAM Configuration DRAM Configuration The items in this sub-menu show the DRAM-related information auto-detected by the BIOS. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Place an artificial memory clock limit on the system. Memory is prevented from running faster than this frequency. DRAM Configuration Current DRAM Frequency 166 MHz Max Memclock (MHz) [ Auto ] CAS# latency (Tcl) [Auto] RAS# to CAS# delay (Trcd) [Auto] Min RAS# active time(Tras) [Auto] Row precharge Time (Trp) [Auto] Master ECC Enable [Enabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help DRAM timing and control Chipset DRAM Configuration Upstream LDT Bus Width [16 bit] Downstream LDT Bus Width [16 bit] LDT Bus Frequency [Auto] VLink Mode Selection [By Auto] PEG Data Scrambling [Auto] PE0-PE3 Data Scrambling [Enable] Init Display First [PCI Slot Chipset Vcore Adjustment [ 1.6 V] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced Current DRAM Frequency Shows the Transfer mode. This item is not configurable. Max Memclock (MHz) [Auto] Sets the maximum operating memory clock. Configuration options: [Auto] [DDR200] [DDR266] [DDR333] [DDR400]
4-20 4-20 4-20 4-20 4-20 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup CAS# latency (Tcl) [Auto] Controls the latency between the SDRAM read command and the time the data actually becomes available. Configuration options: [Auto] [2.0] [2.5] [3.0] RAS# to CAS# delay (Trcd) [Auto] Controls the latency between the DDR SDRAM active command and the read/write command. Configuration options: [Auto] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] Min RAS# active time (Tras) [Auto] Sets the minimum RAS# active time. Configuration options: [Auto] [5] [6] [7] [8] [9] [10] [11] [12] [13] [14] [15] Row precharge Time (Trp) [Auto] Sets the Row precharge time. Configuration options: [Auto] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] Master ECC Enable [Enabled] Enables or disables the Master ECC feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Upstream LDT Bus Width [16 bit] Upstream LDT Bus Width [16 bit] Upstream LDT Bus Width [16 bit] Upstream LDT Bus Width [16 bit] Upstream LDT Bus Width [16 bit] Sets the upstream Lightning Data Transport (LDT) Bus Width. Configuration options: [ 8 bit] [16 bit] Downstream LDT Bus Width [16 bit] Downstream LDT Bus Width [16 bit] Downstream LDT Bus Width [16 bit] Downstream LDT Bus Width [16 bit] Downstream LDT Bus Width [16 bit] Sets the downstream Lightning Data Transport (LDT) Bus Width. Configuration options: [ 8 bit] [16 bit] LDT Bus Frequency [Auto] LDT Bus Frequency [Auto] LDT Bus Frequency [Auto] LDT Bus Frequency [Auto] LDT Bus Frequency [Auto] Sets the Lightning Data Transport (LDT) Bus frequency. Configuration options: [Auto] [1 GHz] [800 MHz] [600 MHz] [400 MHz] [200 MHz] VLink Mode Selection [By Auto] VLink Mode Selection [By Auto] VLink Mode Selection [By Auto] VLink Mode Selection [By Auto] VLink Mode Selection [By Auto] Sets the VLink mode. Configuration options: [By Auto] [Mode 0] [Mode 1] [Mode 2] [Mode 3] [Mode 4] PEG Data Scrambling [Auto] PEG Data Scrambling [Auto] PEG Data Scrambling [Auto] PEG Data Scrambling [Auto] PEG Data Scrambling [Auto] Disables or enables the PCI Express⢠graphics data scrambling. Configuration options: [Auto] [Disable] [Enable]
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-21 4-21 4-21 4-21 4-21 PE0-PE3 Data Scrambling [Enable] PE0-PE3 Data Scrambling [Enable] PE0-PE3 Data Scrambling [Enable] PE0-PE3 Data Scrambling [Enable] PE0-PE3 Data Scrambling [Enable] Disables or enables the PCI Express⢠0 to PCI Express⢠3 data scrambling. Configuration options: [Disable] [Enable] Init Display First [PCI Slot] Init Display First [PCI Slot] Init Display First [PCI Slot] Init Display First [PCI Slot] Init Display First [PCI Slot] Allows you to select the graphics controller to use as the primary boot device. Configuration options: [PCI Slot] [PCIEx] Chipset Vcore Adjustment [ 1.5 V] Chipset Vcore Adjustment [ 1.5 V] Chipset Vcore Adjustment [ 1.5 V] Chipset Vcore Adjustment [ 1.5 V] Chipset Vcore Adjustment [ 1.5 V] Sets the chipset vcore adjustment voltage. Configuration options: [ 1.5 V] [ 1.6 V] F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Select Yes if you are using a Plug and Play capable operating system. Select No if you need the BIOS to configure non-boot devices. Frequency/Voltage control Plug & Play O/S [ No] Resources Controlled By [Auto] x IRQ Resources PCI/VGA Palette Snoop [Disabled] Assign IRQ for VGA [Enabled] ** PCI Express relative items ** Maximum Payload Size [4096] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.4.3 4.4.3 4.4.3 4.4.3 4.4.3 PCI PnP PCI PnP PCI PnP PCI PnP PCI PnP Plug & Play O/S [No] Plug & Play O/S [No] Plug & Play O/S [No] Plug & Play O/S [No] Plug & Play O/S [No] When set to [No], the BIOS configures all the devices in the system. When set to [Yes] and if you install a Plug and Play operating system, the operating system configures the Plug and Play devices not required for boot. Configuration options: [No] [Yes] Resources Controlled By [Auto] Resources Controlled By [Auto] Resources Controlled By [Auto] Resources Controlled By [Auto] Resources Controlled By [Auto] When set to [Auto], the BIOS automatically configures all the boot and Plug and Play compatible devices. Set to [Manual] if you want to assign the IRQ DMA and memory base address fields. Configuration options: [Auto] [Manual]
4-22 4-22 4-22 4-22 4-22 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup IRQ Resources IRQ Resources IRQ Resources IRQ Resources IRQ Resources This sub-menu is activated only when the Resources Controlled By Resources Controlled By Resources Controlled By Resources Controlled By Resources Controlled By item is set to Manual. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Legacy ISA for devices compliant with the original PC AT bus specification, PCI/ISA PnP for devices compliant with the Plug and Play standard whether designed for PCI or ISA bus architecture IRQ Resources IRQ-3 assigned to [ PCI Device ] IRQ-4 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-5 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-7 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-9 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-10 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-11 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-12 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-14 assigned to [PCI Device] IRQ-15 assigned to [PCI Device] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced IRQ-xx assigned to When set to [PCI Device], the specific IRQ is free for use of PCI/PnP devices. When set to [Reserved], the IRQ is reserved for legacy ISA devices. Configuration options: [PCI Device] [Reserved] PCI/VGA Palette Snoop [Disabled] PCI/VGA Palette Snoop [Disabled] PCI/VGA Palette Snoop [Disabled] PCI/VGA Palette Snoop [Disabled] PCI/VGA Palette Snoop [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], the pallete snooping feature informs the PCI devices that an ISA graphics device is installed in the system so that the latter can function correctly. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Assign IRQ for VGA [Enabled] Assign IRQ for VGA [Enabled] Assign IRQ for VGA [Enabled] Assign IRQ for VGA [Enabled] Assign IRQ for VGA [Enabled] When set to [Enabled], the BIOS assigns an IRQ to PCI VGA card if the card requests for an IRQ. When set to [Disabled], the BIOS does not assign an IRQ to the PCI VGA card even if requested. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Maximum Payload Size [4096] Maximum Payload Size [4096] Maximum Payload Size [4096] Maximum Payload Size [4096] Maximum Payload Size [4096] Sets the maximum payload size in bytes for PCI Express devices. Configuration options: [128] [256] [512] [1024] [2048] [4096] When the item Resources Controlled By is set to [Auto], the item IRQ Resources is grayed out and not user-configurable. Refer to the section âÂÂIRQ Resourcesâ for information on how to enable this item.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-23 4-23 4-23 4-23 4-23 F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Enable/Disable Onboard 1394 device support. Onboard Device Configuration Onboard 1394 Controller [ Enabled] Onboard PCIE GbE LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] Onboard Wireless LAN [Enabled] OnChip SATA [Enabled] SATA Mode [RAID] Onboard AC97 Audio [Auto] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Parallel Port Mode [ECP EPP] EPP Mode Select [EPP1.7] ECP MOde Use DMA [3] Game Port Address [201] Midi Port Address [330] Midi Port IRQ [10] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.4.4 4.4.4 4.4.4 4.4.4 4.4.4 Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard Devices Configuration Onboard 1394 Controller [Enabled] Onboard 1394 Controller [Enabled] Onboard 1394 Controller [Enabled] Onboard 1394 Controller [Enabled] Onboard 1394 Controller [Enabled] Enables or disables the onboard 1394 controller. Configuration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] OnBoard PCIEX GbE LAN [Enabled] OnBoard PCIEX GbE LAN [Enabled] OnBoard PCIEX GbE LAN [Enabled] OnBoard PCIEX GbE LAN [Enabled] OnBoard PCIEX GbE LAN [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onboard PCI Express Gigabit LAN controller. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] OnBoard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] OnBoard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] OnBoard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] OnBoard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] OnBoard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onboard LAN boot ROM. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] OnBoard Wireless LAN [Enabled] OnBoard Wireless LAN [Enabled] OnBoard Wireless LAN [Enabled] OnBoard Wireless LAN [Enabled] OnBoard Wireless LAN [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onboard Wi-Fi controller. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] OnChip SATA [Enabled] OnChip SATA [Enabled] OnChip SATA [Enabled] OnChip SATA [Enabled] OnChip SATA [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onboard VIA Serial ATA controller. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] SATA Mode [RAID] SATA Mode [RAID] SATA Mode [RAID] SATA Mode [RAID] SATA Mode [RAID] Allows you to set the onboard VIA SATA RAID controller mode. Configuration options: [IDE] [RAID]
4-24 4-24 4-24 4-24 4-24 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Onboard AC97 Audio [Auto] Onboard AC97 Audio [Auto] Onboard AC97 Audio [Auto] Onboard AC97 Audio [Auto] Onboard AC97 Audio [Auto] Allows you to disable or set the onboard AC97 audio controller . Configuration options: [Disabled] [Auto] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Allows you to select the Serial Port1 base address. Configuration options: [Disabled] [3F8/IRQ4] [2F8/IRQ3] [3E8/IRQ4] [2E8/IRQ3] [Auto] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Parallel Port Address [378/IRQ7] Allows you to select the Parallel Port base addresses. Configuration options: [Disabled] [378/IRQ7] [278/IRQ5] [3BC/IRQ7] Parallel Port Mode [ECP EPP] Parallel Port Mode [ECP EPP] Parallel Port Mode [ECP EPP] Parallel Port Mode [ECP EPP] Parallel Port Mode [ECP EPP] Allows you to select the Parallel Port mode. Configuration options: [Normal] [SPP] [EPP] [ECP] [ECP EPP] [Normal] EPP Mode Select [EPP1.7] EPP Mode Select [EPP1.7] EPP Mode Select [EPP1.7] EPP Mode Select [EPP1.7] EPP Mode Select [EPP1.7] Allows selection of the Parallel Port EPP version. Configuration options: [EPP1.9] [EPP1.7] ECP Mode Use DMA [3] ECP Mode Use DMA [3] ECP Mode Use DMA [3] ECP Mode Use DMA [3] ECP Mode Use DMA [3] Allows selection of ECP Mode. Configuration options: [1] [3] Game Port Address [201] Game Port Address [201] Game Port Address [201] Game Port Address [201] Game Port Address [201] Allows you to select the Game Port address or to disable the port. Configuration options: [Disabled] [201] [209] Midi Port Address [330] Midi Port Address [330] Midi Port Address [330] Midi Port Address [330] Midi Port Address [330] Allows you to select the Game Port address or to disable the port. Configuration options: [Disabled] [330] [300] [290] Midi Port IRQ [10] Midi Port IRQ [10] Midi Port IRQ [10] Midi Port IRQ [10] Midi Port IRQ [10] Allows you to set the Midi port IRQ address. Configuration options: [5] [10]
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-25 4-25 4-25 4-25 4-25 F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help USB Configuration OnChip USB Controller [ Enabled] OnChip EHCI Controller [Enabled] USB Legacy support [Enabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.4.5 4.4.5 4.4.5 4.4.5 4.4.5 USB Configuration USB Configuration USB Configuration USB Configuration USB Configuration The items in this menu allows you to change the USB-related features. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the configuration options. OnChip USB Controller [Enabled] OnChip USB Controller [Enabled] OnChip USB Controller [Enabled] OnChip USB Controller [Enabled] OnChip USB Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onchip USB controller. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] OnChip EHCI Controller [Enabled] OnChip EHCI Controller [Enabled] OnChip EHCI Controller [Enabled] OnChip EHCI Controller [Enabled] OnChip EHCI Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onchip Enhanced Host Controller Interface (EHCI) controller. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] USB Legacy Support [Enabled] USB Legacy Support [Enabled] USB Legacy Support [Enabled] USB Legacy Support [Enabled] USB Legacy Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable support for USB devices on legacy operating systems (OS). Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4-26 4-26 4-26 4-26 4-26 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.4.6 4.4.6 4.4.6 4.4.6 4.4.6 JumperFree Configuration JumperFree Configuration JumperFree Configuration JumperFree Configuration JumperFree Configuration Overclock Profile [Auto] Overclock Profile [Auto] Overclock Profile [Auto] Overclock Profile [Auto] Overclock Profile [Auto] Allows selection of CPU overclocking options to achieve desired CPU internal frequency. Select either one of the preset overclocking configuration options: Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual Allows you to individually set overclocking parameters. Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Loads the optimal settings for the system. Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Loads the standard settings for the system. Overclock Profile Overclock Profile Overclock Profile Overclock Profile Overclock Profile Loads overclocking profiles with optimal parameters for stability when overclocking. AI N.O.S. AI N.O.S. AI N.O.S. AI N.O.S. AI N.O.S. The ASUS AI Non-delay Overclocking System feature intelligently determines the system load and automatically boost the performance for the most demanding tasks. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help JumperFree Configuration Overclock Profile [ Auto] x Overclock Options Overclock 3% x N.O.S. Option Overclock 3% x Frequency Configuration x CPU Multiplier Auto x Hammer Vid control Startup x Memory Voltage Adjustment 2.70 V x CPU Vcore Adjustment 100 mv Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-27 4-27 4-27 4-27 4-27 The following items are user-configurable only when the AI Overclocking item is set to [Manual]. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help JumperFree Configuration Overclock Profile [ Auto] x Overclock Options Disabled x N.O.S. Option Disabled Frequency Configuration CPU Multiplier [Auto] Hammer Vid control [Startup] Memory Voltage Adjustment [2.75 V] CPU Vcore Adjustment [ 100 mv] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Frequency Configuration Spread Spectrum [ Auto] PCIEx clock Sync. to CPU [Enable] x PCIEx Clock 100MHz PCI clock Sync. to CPU [Enabled] x PCI Clock 33.0 MHz CPU Clock [200MHz] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced Spread Spectrum [Auto] Enables or disables the clock generator spread spectrum. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Auto] Frequency Configuration Frequency Configuration Frequency Configuration Frequency Configuration Frequency Configuration The items in this sub-menu show the frequency information auto-detected by the BIOS.
4-28 4-28 4-28 4-28 4-28 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Selecting a very high CPU frequency may cause the system to become unstable! If this happens, revert to the default setting. PCIEx clock Sync. to CPU [Enable] Enables or disables the PCI Express⢠synchronous clock to the CPU. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] PCIEx Clock [XXX] (value is auto-detected) Allows you to set the PCI Express clock frequency. This item is user-configurable only when the PCIEx clock Sync. to CPU PCIEx clock Sync. to CPU PCIEx clock Sync. to CPU PCIEx clock Sync. to CPU PCIEx clock Sync. to CPU item is set to Disabled. The BIOS detects the default value of this item. Press <Enter> then key-in desired PCI Express clock frequency within range. PCI clock Sync. to CPU [Enable] Enables or disables the PCI synchronous clock to the CPU. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] PCI Clock [XXX] (value is auto-detected) Allows you to set the PCI clock frequency. This item is user-configurable only when the PCI clock Sync. to CPU PCI clock Sync. to CPU PCI clock Sync. to CPU PCI clock Sync. to CPU PCI clock Sync. to CPU item is set to Disabled. The BIOS detects the default value of this item. Press <Enter> then key-in desired PCI clock frequency within range. CPU Clock [XXX] (value is auto-detected) Displays the frequency sent by the clock generator to the system bus and PCI bus. The default value of this item is auto-detected by the BIOS. Use the < > and <-> keys to adjust the CPU frequency. Refer to the following table for the correct Front Side Bus and CPU External Frequency settings. CPU Multiplier [Auto] CPU Multiplier [Auto] CPU Multiplier [Auto] CPU Multiplier [Auto] CPU Multiplier [Auto] Sets the CPU multiplier. Configuration options: [Auto] [x4] [x4.5] [x5] [x5.5] [x6] [x6.5] [x7] [x7.5] [x8] [x8.5] [x9] [x9.5] [x10] [x10.5] [x11] [x11.5] [x12] [x12.5] [x13] [x13.5] [x14] [x14.5] [x15] [x15.5] [x16] [x16.5] [x17] [x17.5] [x18] [x18.5] [x19] [x19.5] [x20]
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-29 4-29 4-29 4-29 4-29 Overclock Options [Overclock 3%] Overclock Options [Overclock 3%] Overclock Options [Overclock 3%] Overclock Options [Overclock 3%] Overclock Options [Overclock 3%] Allows you to set the oveclocking options. Configuration options: [Overclock 3%] [Overclock 5%] [Overclock 8%] [Overclock 10%] The following item is user-configurable only when the AI Overclocking item is set to [AI Overclock]. Hammer Vid control [Startup] Hammer Vid control [Startup] Hammer Vid control [Startup] Hammer Vid control [Startup] Hammer Vid control [Startup] Sets the Hammer Voltage ID control. Configuration options: [Startup] [1.5625v] [1.550 v] [1.5375v] [1.525 v] [1.5125v] [1.500 v] [1.4875v] [1.475 v] [1.4625v] [1.450 v] [1.4375v] [1.425 v] [1.4125v] [1.400 v] [1.3875v] [1.375 v] [1.3625v] [1.350 v] [1.3375v] [1.325 v] [1.3125v] [1.300 v] [1.2875v] [1.275 v] [1.2625v] [1.250 v] [1.2375v] [1.225 v] [1.2125v] [1.200 v] [1.1875v] [1.175 v] [1.1625v] [1.150 v] [1.1375v] [1.125 v] [1.1125v] [1.100 v] [1.0875v] [1.075 v] [1.0625v] [1.050 v] [1.0375v] [1.025 v] [1.0125v] [1.000 v] [0.9875v] [0.975 v] [0.9625v] [0.950 v] [0.9375v] [0.925 v] [0.9125v] [0.900 v] [0.8875v] [0.875 v] [0.8625v] [0.850 v] [0.8375v] [0.825 v] [0.8125v] [0.800 v] Memory Voltage Adjustment [2.75 V] Memory Voltage Adjustment [2.75 V] Memory Voltage Adjustment [2.75 V] Memory Voltage Adjustment [2.75 V] Memory Voltage Adjustment [2.75 V] Sets the memory adjustment voltage. Configuration options: [2.60 V] [2.65 V] [2.70 V] [2.75 V] [2.80 V] [2.85 V] [2.90 V] [2.95 V] [3.00 V] CPU VCore Offset [ 100 mv] CPU VCore Offset [ 100 mv] CPU VCore Offset [ 100 mv] CPU VCore Offset [ 100 mv] CPU VCore Offset [ 100 mv] Sets the CPU Vcore offset voltage. Configuration options: [ 100 mv] [ 200 mv] The following item is user-configurable only when the AI Overclocking item is set to [AI N.O.S.]. N.O.S. Option [Disable] N.O.S. Option [Disable] N.O.S. Option [Disable] N.O.S. Option [Disable] N.O.S. Option [Disable] Allows you to disable or set the Non-Delay Overclocking System mode. Configuration options: [Disable] [Overclock 3%] [Overclock 5%] [Overclock 8%] [Overclock 10%]
4-30 4-30 4-30 4-30 4-30 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.4.8 4.4.8 4.4.8 4.4.8 4.4.8 PEG Link Mode PEG Link Mode PEG Link Mode PEG Link Mode PEG Link Mode F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Enhance performance on NVidia 6x00 PCIE serial graphic card. JumperFree Configuration PEG Link Mode [ Auto] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced PEG Link Mode [Auto] PEG Link Mode [Auto] PEG Link Mode [Auto] PEG Link Mode [Auto] PEG Link Mode [Auto] Allows you to enhance the performance of your PCI Express graphics card. Configuration options: [Auto] [Slow] [Normal] [Fast] [Faster] POST Check LAN cable [Disabled] POST Check LAN cable [Disabled] POST Check LAN cable [Disabled] POST Check LAN cable [Disabled] POST Check LAN cable [Disabled] Enables or disables checking of the LAN cable during the Power-On Self-Test (POST). Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.4.7 4.4.7 4.4.7 4.4.7 4.4.7 LAN Cable Status LAN Cable Status LAN Cable Status LAN Cable Status LAN Cable Status The items in this menu displays the status of the Local Area Network (LAN) cable. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Enable/Disable Speech IC Controller JumperFree Configuration POST Check LAN Cable [ Disabled] Pair Status Length 1-2 Open N/A 3-6 Open N/A 4-5 Open N/A 7-8 Open N/A Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-31 4-31 4-31 4-31 4-31 Speech IC Reporter [Enabled] Speech IC Reporter [Enabled] Speech IC Reporter [Enabled] Speech IC Reporter [Enabled] Speech IC Reporter [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the ASUS Speech POST Reporter⢠feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The following items appear only when Speech POST Reporter is set to Enabled. Report IDE Error [Disabled] Report IDE Error [Disabled] Report IDE Error [Disabled] Report IDE Error [Disabled] Report IDE Error [Disabled] Enables or disables the report feature in the event of an IDE error. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Report System Booting [Disabled] Report System Booting [Disabled] Report System Booting [Disabled] Report System Booting [Disabled] Report System Booting [Disabled] Enables or disables the report after booting the system. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.4.9 4.4.9 4.4.9 4.4.9 4.4.9 Speech Configuration Speech Configuration Speech Configuration Speech Configuration Speech Configuration F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Enable/Disable Speech IC Controller JumperFree Configuration Speech IC Reporter [ Enabled] Report IDE Error [Disabled] Report System Booting [Disabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced
4-32 4-32 4-32 4-32 4-32 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Instant Music [Disabled] Instant Music [Disabled] Instant Music [Disabled] Instant Music [Disabled] Instant Music [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the ASUS Instant Music feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Instant Music CD-ROM Drive [Primary Master] Instant Music CD-ROM Drive [Primary Master] Instant Music CD-ROM Drive [Primary Master] Instant Music CD-ROM Drive [Primary Master] Instant Music CD-ROM Drive [Primary Master] Allows you to select the CD-ROM drive that you wish to use for the Instant Music CD playback. Configuration options: [Primary Master] [Primary Slave] [Secondary Master] [Secondary Slave] 4.4.10 4.4.10 4.4.10 4.4.10 4.4.10 Instant Music Instant Music Instant Music Instant Music Instant Music F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help If enabled, power up by PS/2 keyboard function will be disabled. JumperFree Configuration Instant Music [ Disabled] x Instant Music CD-ROM Drive Primary Master Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced Enabling Instant Music automatically disables the PS/2 keyboard power up feature.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-33 4-33 4-33 4-33 4-33 4.5 Power menu The Power menu items allow you to change the settings for the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) and the Advanced Power Management (APM). Select an item then press <Enter> to display the configuration options. Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Select the ACPI state used for System Suspend. ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] ACPI APIC support [Enabled] APM Configuration Hardware Monitor F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit 4.5.1 4.5.1 4.5.1 4.5.1 4.5.1 ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] Allows you to select the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) state to be used for system suspend. Configuration options: [S1 (POS)] [S3(STR)] [S1&S3] 4.5.2 4.5.2 4.5.2 4.5.2 4.5.2 ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) support in the Application-Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). When set to Enabled, the ACPI APIC table pointer is included in the RSDT pointer list. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4-34 4-34 4-34 4-34 4-34 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.5.3 4.5.3 4.5.3 4.5.3 4.5.3 APM Configuration APM Configuration APM Configuration APM Configuration APM Configuration F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help When Select Password, Please press ENTER key to change Password Max 8 numbers. APM Configuration PS2KB Wakeup from S5 [ Disabled] PS2MS Wakeup from S5 [Disabled] USB Resume from S3 [Disabled] Power Up On PCI Devices [Disabled] Modem Ring Resume [Disabled] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] x Date (of Month) 0 x Resume Time (hh:mm:ss) 0 : 0 : 0 Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant Off] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power PS2KB Wakeup from S5 [Disabled] PS2KB Wakeup from S5 [Disabled] PS2KB Wakeup from S5 [Disabled] PS2KB Wakeup from S5 [Disabled] PS2KB Wakeup from S5 [Disabled] Allows you to disable the Power On by PS/2 keyboard function or set specific keys on the PS/2 keyboard to turn on the system. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Space Bar] [Ctrl ESC] [Power Key] PS2MS Wakeup from S5 [Disabled] PS2MS Wakeup from S5 [Disabled] PS2MS Wakeup from S5 [Disabled] PS2MS Wakeup from S5 [Disabled] PS2MS Wakeup from S5 [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this parameter allows you to use the PS/2 mouse to turn on the system. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power Up On PCI Devices [Disabled] Power Up On PCI Devices [Disabled] Power Up On PCI Devices [Disabled] Power Up On PCI Devices [Disabled] Power Up On PCI Devices [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this parameter allows you to turn on the system through a PCI LAN or modem card. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Modem Ring Resume [Disabled] Modem Ring Resume [Disabled] Modem Ring Resume [Disabled] Modem Ring Resume [Disabled] Modem Ring Resume [Disabled] This allows either settings of [Enabled] or [Disabled] for powering up the computer when the external modem receives a call while the computer is in Soft-off mode. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-35 4-35 4-35 4-35 4-35 Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable RTC to generate a wake event. When this item is set to Enabled, the items Date (of Month) and Resume Time (hh:mm:ss) become configurable with set values. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Date (of Month) [0] Date (of Month) [0] Date (of Month) [0] Date (of Month) [0] Date (of Month) [0] To set the date of alarm, highlight this item and press <Enter> to display the Day of Month Alarm pop-up menu. Key-in a value within the specified range then press <Enter>. Configuration options: [Min=0] [Max=31] Resume Time (hh:mm:ss) 0 : 0 : 0 Resume Time (hh:mm:ss) 0 : 0 : 0 Resume Time (hh:mm:ss) 0 : 0 : 0 Resume Time (hh:mm:ss) 0 : 0 : 0 Resume Time (hh:mm:ss) 0 : 0 : 0 To set the time of alarm: 1. Highlight this item and press <Enter> to display a pop-up menu for the hour field. 2. Key-in a value (Min=0, Max=23), then press <Enter>. 3. Press <TAB> to move to the minutes field then press <Enter>. 4. Key-in a minute value (Min=0, Max=59), then press <Enter>. 5. Press <TAB> to move to the seconds field then press <Enter>. 6. Key-in a value (Min=0, Max=59), then press <Enter>. Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power Off] When set to Power Off, the system goes into off state after an AC power loss. When set to Power On, the system goes on after an AC power loss. When set to Last State, the system goes into either off or on state, whatever the system state was before the AC power loss. Configuration options: [Power Off] [Power On] [Last State] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] Allows you to set the event after the power button is pressed for more than 4 seconds. Configuration options: [Suspend] [Instant-Off]
4-36 4-36 4-36 4-36 4-36 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.5.4 4.5.4 4.5.4 4.5.4 4.5.4 Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor The items in this sub-menu displays the hardware monitor values automatically detected by the BIOS. It also allows you to change CPU Q-Fan feature-related parameters. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the configuration options. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Hardware Monitor M/B Temperature 34úC/ 93úF Current CPU1 Temperature 47úC/118úF Chassis Fan speed 0 RPM CPU Fan speed 4265 RPM Chipset Fan speed 7500 RPM Chassis Fan2 speed 6367 RPM VCORE Voltage 1.64V 12V Voltage 11.35V 3.3V Voltage 3.36V 5VCC Voltage 5.22V Q-FAN Function [ Disabled] x CPU Target Temperature 45úC/113úF x Temperature Tolerance 3úC x Minimum FAN Duty Cycle 11/16 x FAN Step Time 0.1 sec Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power M/B Temperature M/B Temperature M/B Temperature M/B Temperature M/B Temperature Current CPU1 Temperature Current CPU1 Temperature Current CPU1 Temperature Current CPU1 Temperature Current CPU1 Temperature The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the motherboard and CPU temperatures. These items are not user-configurable. Chassis Fan Speed Chassis Fan Speed Chassis Fan Speed Chassis Fan Speed Chassis Fan Speed CPU Fan Speed CPU Fan Speed CPU Fan Speed CPU Fan Speed CPU Fan Speed Chipset Fan Speed Chipset Fan Speed Chipset Fan Speed Chipset Fan Speed Chipset Fan Speed Chassis Fan2 Speed Chassis Fan2 Speed Chassis Fan2 Speed Chassis Fan2 Speed Chassis Fan2 Speed The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the Chassis, CPU, and Power fan speeds in rotations per minute (RPM). If the fan is not connected to the motherboard, the field shows 0. These items are not user-configurable. VCORE Voltage, 12V Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5VCC VCORE Voltage, 12V Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5VCC VCORE Voltage, 12V Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5VCC VCORE Voltage, 12V Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5VCC VCORE Voltage, 12V Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5VCC Voltage Voltage Voltage Voltage Voltage The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects the voltage output through the onboard voltage regulators. These items are not user-configurable. Q-FAN Function [Disabled] Q-FAN Function [Disabled] Q-FAN Function [Disabled] Q-FAN Function [Disabled] Q-FAN Function [Disabled] Allows you to disable or enable the ASUS Q-Fan function. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-37 4-37 4-37 4-37 4-37 CPU Target Temperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] CPU Target Temperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] CPU Target Temperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] CPU Target Temperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] CPU Target Temperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] Allows you to set the CPU Q-Fan temperature threshold when the CPU fan speed is increased to lower the CPU temperature. Configuration options: [10úC/50úF] [15úC/59úF] [20úC/68úF] [25úC/77úF] [30úC/86úF] [35úC/95úF] [40úC/104úF] [45úC/113úF] [50úC/122úF] [55úC/131úF] [60úC/140úF] [65úC/149úF] [70úC/158úF] [75úC/167úF] [80úC/176úF] [85úC/185úF] Temperature Tolerance [3úC] Temperature Tolerance [3úC] Temperature Tolerance [3úC] Temperature Tolerance [3úC] Temperature Tolerance [3úC] Allows you to set the CPU temperature tolerance value. Configuration options: [0úC] [1úC] [2úC] [3úC] [4úC] [5úC] [6úC] [7úC] Minimum FAN Duty Cycle [11/16] Minimum FAN Duty Cycle [11/16] Minimum FAN Duty Cycle [11/16] Minimum FAN Duty Cycle [11/16] Minimum FAN Duty Cycle [11/16] Allows you to set the minimum fan duty cycle. Configuration options: [11/16] [12/16] [13/16] [14/16] [15/16] FAN Step Time [0.1 sec] FAN Step Time [0.1 sec] FAN Step Time [0.1 sec] FAN Step Time [0.1 sec] FAN Step Time [0.1 sec] Allows you to select the fan speed time interval. Configuration options: [0.1 sec] [0.2 sec] [0.3 sec] [0.4 sec] [0.5 sec] [0.6 sec] [0.7 sec] [0.8 sec] [0.9 sec] [1.0 sec] [1.1 sec] [1.2 sec] [1.3 sec] [1.4 sec] [1.5 sec] [1.6 sec] 4.6 Boot menu The Boot menu items allow you to change the system boot options. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Boot Device Priority Removable Drives Hard Disk Drives CDROM Drives Boot Settings Configuration Security F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit
4-38 4-38 4-38 4-38 4-38 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.6.1 4.6.1 4.6.1 4.6.1 4.6.1 Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [Removable] 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [Removable] 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [Removable] 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [Removable] 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [Removable] These items specify the boot device priority sequence from the available devices. The number of device items that appears on the screen depends on the number of devices installed in the system. Configuration options: [xxxxx Drive] [Disabled] F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Select your boot device priority Boot Device Priority 1st Boot Device [ Removable] 2nd Boot Device [Hard Disk] 3rd Boot Device [CDROM] 4th Boot Device [Disabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power 4.6.2 4.6.2 4.6.2 4.6.2 4.6.2 Removable Drives Removable Drives Removable Drives Removable Drives Removable Drives 1. Floppy Disks 1. Floppy Disks 1. Floppy Disks 1. Floppy Disks 1. Floppy Disks Allows you to assign a removable drive attached to the system. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Use < âÂÂ> or < â > to select a device, then press < > to move it up, or <-> to move it down the list. Press <ESC> to exit this menu. Removable Drives 1. Floppy Disks Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-39 4-39 4-39 4-39 4-39 4.6.3 4.6.3 4.6.3 4.6.3 4.6.3 Hard Disk Drives Hard Disk Drives Hard Disk Drives Hard Disk Drives Hard Disk Drives 1. 1st Master: XXXXXXXXX 1. 1st Master: XXXXXXXXX 1. 1st Master: XXXXXXXXX 1. 1st Master: XXXXXXXXX 1. 1st Master: XXXXXXXXX Allows you to assign hard disk drives attached to the system. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Use < âÂÂ> or < â > to select a device, then press < > to move it up, or <-> to move it down the list. Press <ESC> to exit this menu. Hard Disk Drives 1. 1st Master: XXXXXXXXX 2. Bootable Add-in Cards Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot 4.6.4 4.6.4 4.6.4 4.6.4 4.6.4 CDROM Drives CDROM Drives CDROM Drives CDROM Drives CDROM Drives 1. 1st Slave: XXXXXXXXX 1. 1st Slave: XXXXXXXXX 1. 1st Slave: XXXXXXXXX 1. 1st Slave: XXXXXXXXX 1. 1st Slave: XXXXXXXXX Allows you to assign optical drives attached to the system. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Use < âÂÂ> or < â > to select a device, then press < > to move it up, or <-> to move it down the list. Press <ESC> to exit this menu. CDROM Drives 1. 1st Slave: XXXXXXXXX Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot
4-40 4-40 4-40 4-40 4-40 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup The items Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) and Typematic Delay Typematic Delay Typematic Delay Typematic Delay Typematic Delay (Msec) (Msec) (Msec) (Msec) (Msec) becomes user-configurable only when the item Typematic Rate Setting is enabled. 4.6.5 4.6.5 4.6.5 4.6.5 4.6.5 Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration Boot Settings Configuration F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Press [Enter] to enable or disable. Boot Settings Configuration Case Open Warning [ Enabled ] Quick Boot [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Enabled] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] x Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) 6 x Typematic Delay (Msec) 250 OS Select For DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Halt On [All, But Keyboard] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot Case Open Warning [Enabled] Case Open Warning [Enabled] Case Open Warning [Enabled] Case Open Warning [Enabled] Case Open Warning [Enabled] Enables or disables the chassis open status feature. Setting to Enabled, clears the chassis open status. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Enables or disables the quick boot feature. When Enabled, the system skips certain tests while booting. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Enabled] Enables or disables the chassis open status feature. Setting to Enabled, clears the chassis open status. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Allows you to select the power-on state for the NumLock. Configuration options: [Off] [On] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] Allows you to set the keystroke rate. Enable this item to configure the Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) and the Typematic Delay (Msec) Typematic Delay (Msec) Typematic Delay (Msec) Typematic Delay (Msec) Typematic Delay (Msec) . Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-41 4-41 4-41 4-41 4-41 Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) [6] Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) [6] Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) [6] Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) [6] Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) [6] Allows you to select the rate at which a character repeats when you hold a key. Configuration options: [6] [8] [10] [12] [15] [20] [24] [30] Typematic Delay (Msec) [250] Typematic Delay (Msec) [250] Typematic Delay (Msec) [250] Typematic Delay (Msec) [250] Typematic Delay (Msec) [250] Allows you to set the delay before keystrokes begin to repeat. Configuration options: [250] [500] [750] [1000] OS Select for DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] OS Select for DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] OS Select for DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] OS Select for DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] OS Select for DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] Set this item to OS2 only when you are running on an OS/2 operating system with an installed RAM of greater than 64 KB. Configuration options: [Non-OS2] [OS2] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the full screen logo display feature. Configuration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Make sure that the above item is set to [Enabled] if you want to use the ASUS MyLogo2⢠feature. Halt On [All, But Keyboard] Halt On [All, But Keyboard] Halt On [All, But Keyboard] Halt On [All, But Keyboard] Halt On [All, But Keyboard] Allows you to error report type. Configuration options: [All Errors] [No Errors] [All, But Keyboard] [All, But Diskette] [All, But Disk/Key]
4-42 4-42 4-42 4-42 4-42 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.6.6 4.6.6 4.6.6 4.6.6 4.6.6 Security Security Security Security Security F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help Supervisor password controls full access, <Enter> to change password. Boot Settings Configuration Supervisor Password Clear User Password Clear Password Check [Setup] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot Supervisor Password Supervisor Password Supervisor Password Supervisor Password Supervisor Password User Password User Password User Password User Password User Password These fields allow you to set passwords: To set a password: 1. Select an item then press <Enter>. 2. Type in a password using a combination of a maximum of eight (8) alpha-numeric characters, then press <Enter>. 3. When prompted, confirm the password by typing the exact characters again, then press <Enter>. The password field setting is changed to Set. To clear the password: 1. Select the password field and press <Enter> twice. The following message appears: PASSWORD DISABLED !!! Press any key to continue... 2. Press any key to continue. The password field setting is changed to Clear.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-43 4-43 4-43 4-43 4-43 A note about passwords A note about passwords A note about passwords A note about passwords A note about passwords The Supervisor password is required to enter the BIOS Setup program preventing unauthorized access. The User password is required to boot the system preventing unauthorized use. Forgot your password? Forgot your password? Forgot your password? Forgot your password? Forgot your password? If you forget your password, you can clear it by erasing the CMOS Real Time Clock (RTC) RAM. The RAM data containing the password information is powered by the onboard button cell battery. If you need to erase the CMOS RAM, refer to section âÂÂ2.6 Jumpersâ for instructions. Password Check Password Check Password Check Password Check Password Check This field requires you to enter the password before entering the BIOS setup or the system. Select [Setup] to require the password before entering the BIOS Setup. Select [System] to require the password before entering the system. Configuration options: [Setup] [System]
4-44 4-44 4-44 4-44 4-44 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Power Boot Exit Select Menu Item Specific Help This option save data to CMOS and exiting the setup menu. Exit & Save Changes Exit & Discard Changes Load Setup Default Discard Changes F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâ : Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit 4.7 Exit menu The Exit menu items allow you to load the optimal or failsafe default values for the BIOS items, and save or discard your changes to the BIOS items. Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Once you are finished making your selections, choose this option from the Exit menu to ensure the values you selected are saved to the CMOS RAM. An onboard backup battery sustains the CMOS RAM so it stays on even when the PC is turned off. When you select this option, a confirmation window appears. Select Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes to save changes and exit. Pressing <Esc> does not immediately exit this menu. Select one of the options from this menu or <F10> from the legend bar to exit. Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Exit & Discard Changes Select this option only if you do not want to save the changes that you made to the Setup program. If you made changes to fields other than System Date, System Time, and Password, the BIOS asks for a confirmation before exiting. If you attempt to exit the Setup program without saving your changes, the program prompts you with a message asking if you want to save your changes before exiting. Press <Enter> to save the changes while exiting.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 4-45 4-45 4-45 4-45 4-45 Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults Load Setup Defaults This option allows you to load the default values for each of the parameters on the Setup menus. When you select this option or if you press <F5>, a confirmation window appears. Select Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes to load default values. Select Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes Exit & Save Changes o r make other changes before saving the values to the non-volatile RAM. Discard Changes Discard Changes Discard Changes Discard Changes Discard Changes This option allows you to discard the selections you made and restore the previously saved values. After selecting this option, a confirmation appears. Select Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes to discard any changes and load the previously saved values.
4-46 4-46 4-46 4-46 4-46 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup Chapter 4: BIOS setup
5 Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe Chapter summary 5.1 Installing an operating system ............................................. 5-1 5.2 Support CD information ........................................................ 5-1 5.3 Software information ........................................................... 5-9 5.4 RAID configurations ............................................................ 5-18 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk ................................................. 5-26 5.6 Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology ............................................... 5-27
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 5-1 5-1 5-1 5-1 5-1 If Autorun Autorun Autorun Autorun Autorun i s NOT enabled in your computer, browse the contents of the support CD to locate the file ASSETUP.EXE from the BIN folder. Double-click the ASSETUP.EXE ASSETUP.EXE ASSETUP.EXE ASSETUP.EXE ASSETUP.EXE t o run the CD. Click an item to install Click an item to install Click an item to install Click an item to install Click an item to install 5.1 Installing an operating system This motherboard supports Windows î 2000/2003 Server/XP operating systems (OS). Always install the latest OS version and corresponding updates to maximize the features of your hardware. 5.2 Support CD information The support CD that came with the motherboard package contains the drivers, software applications, and utilities that you can install to avail all motherboard features. 5.2.1 5.2.1 5.2.1 5.2.1 5.2.1 Running the support CD Running the support CD Running the support CD Running the support CD Running the support CD Place the support CD to the optical drive. The CD automatically displays the Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer. ⢠Motherboard settings and hardware options vary. Use the setup procedures presented in this chapter for reference only. Refer to your OS documentation for detailed information. ⢠Make sure that you install Windows î 2000 Service Pack 4 or the Windows î XP Service Pack1 or later versions before installing the drivers for better compatibility and system stability. The contents of the support CD are subject to change at any time without notice. Visit the ASUS website(www.asus.com) for updates. Click an icon to Click an icon to Click an icon to Click an icon to Click an icon to display support display support display support display support display support CD/motherboard CD/motherboard CD/motherboard CD/motherboard CD/motherboard information information information information information
5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.2.2 5.2.2 5.2.2 5.2.2 5.2.2 Drivers menu Drivers menu Drivers menu Drivers menu Drivers menu The drivers menu shows the available device drivers if the system detects installed devices. Install the necessary drivers to activate the devices. VIA 4 in 1 drivers VIA 4 in 1 drivers VIA 4 in 1 drivers VIA 4 in 1 drivers VIA 4 in 1 drivers This item installs the following drivers: - VIA Registry (INF) driver - VIA ATAPI vendor support driver - VIA PCI IRQ Miniport driver. VIA IDE RAID Controller driver VIA IDE RAID Controller driver VIA IDE RAID Controller driver VIA IDE RAID Controller driver VIA IDE RAID Controller driver Installs the VIA 6420 RAID controller driver and application. Make VIA 6420 Driver Disk Make VIA 6420 Driver Disk Make VIA 6420 Driver Disk Make VIA 6420 Driver Disk Make VIA 6420 Driver Disk Allows you to create a RAID driver disk for the VIA 6420 RAID configuration. PCI Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver PCI Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver PCI Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver PCI Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver PCI Marvell Yukon Gigabit Ethernet Driver Installs the Marvell î Yukon 88E8053 PCI Express⢠Gigabit LAN driver that provides up to 1000 Mbps data transfer rates. ALC850 Audio Driver ALC850 Audio Driver ALC850 Audio Driver ALC850 Audio Driver ALC850 Audio Driver Installs the Realtek î ALC850 audio controller and application.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 5-3 5-3 5-3 5-3 5-3 ASUS Wireless LAN adapter Drivers and Utility ASUS Wireless LAN adapter Drivers and Utility ASUS Wireless LAN adapter Drivers and Utility ASUS Wireless LAN adapter Drivers and Utility ASUS Wireless LAN adapter Drivers and Utility Installs the driver, utilities, and setup wizard for the ASUS WiFi-g⢠wireless solution. Refer to the WiFi-g⢠documentation for details. USB 2.0 Driver USB 2.0 Driver USB 2.0 Driver USB 2.0 Driver USB 2.0 Driver Installs the USB 2.0 driver. AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet Driver AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet Driver AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet Driver AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet Driver AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet Driver Launches the AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology driver installation wizard.
5-4 5-4 5-4 5-4 5-4 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.2.3 5.2.3 5.2.3 5.2.3 5.2.3 Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu Utilities menu The Utilities menu shows the applications and other software that the motherboard supports. Marvell Yukon VCT Application Marvell Yukon VCT Application Marvell Yukon VCT Application Marvell Yukon VCT Application Marvell Yukon VCT Application Installs the Marvell î Yukon Virtual Cable Tester (VCT) application. The VCT is a cable diagnostic application that analyzes and reports LAN cable faults and shorts. See page 5-11 for details. AI Booster AI Booster AI Booster AI Booster AI Booster The ASUS AI Booster application allows you to overclock the CPU speed in a Windows î environment. ASUS PC Probe ASUS PC Probe ASUS PC Probe ASUS PC Probe ASUS PC Probe This smart utility monitors the fan speed, CPU temperature, and system voltages, and alerts you of any detected problems. This utility helps you keep your computer in healthy operating condition. ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update Allows you to download the latest version of the BIOS from the ASUS website. Before using the ASUS Update, make sure that you have an Internet connection so you can connect to the ASUS website.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 5-5 5-5 5-5 5-5 5-5 Microsoft DirectX Microsoft DirectX Microsoft DirectX Microsoft DirectX Microsoft DirectX Installs the Microsoft î DirectX 9.0 driver. The Microsoft DirectX î 9.0 is a multimedia technology that enhances computer graphics and sound. DirectX î improves the multimedia features of you computer so you can enjoy watching TV and movies, capturing videos, or playing games in your computer. Visit the Microsoft website (www.microsoft.com) for updates. Winbond Voice Editor Winbond Voice Editor Winbond Voice Editor Winbond Voice Editor Winbond Voice Editor This program is for recording and customizing wave files for the ASUS POST Reporterâ¢. Use this program to change the default vocal POST messages. See section âÂÂ3.3 Vocal POST Messagesâ for a list of the default messages. Anti-virus Utility Anti-virus Utility Anti-virus Utility Anti-virus Utility Anti-virus Utility The anti-virus application detects and protects your computer from viruses that destroys data. ADOBE Acrobat Reader ADOBE Acrobat Reader ADOBE Acrobat Reader ADOBE Acrobat Reader ADOBE Acrobat Reader Installs the Adobe î Acrobat î Reader that allows you to open, view, and print documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). ASUS Screen Saver ASUS Screen Saver ASUS Screen Saver ASUS Screen Saver ASUS Screen Saver Bring life to your computer screen by installing the ASUS screen saver.
5-6 5-6 5-6 5-6 5-6 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.2.4 5.2.4 5.2.4 5.2.4 5.2.4 ASUS Contact information ASUS Contact information ASUS Contact information ASUS Contact information ASUS Contact information Click the Contact Contact Contact Contact Contact tab to display the ASUS contact information. You can also find this information on the inside front cover of this user guide. 5.2.5 5.2.5 5.2.5 5.2.5 5.2.5 Other information Other information Other information Other information Other information The icons on the top right corner of the screen give additional information on the motherboard and the contents of the support CD. Click an icon to display the specified information. Motherboard Info Motherboard Info Motherboard Info Motherboard Info Motherboard Info Displays the general specifications of the motherboard.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 5-7 5-7 5-7 5-7 5-7 Browse this CD Browse this CD Browse this CD Browse this CD Browse this CD Displays the support CD contents in graphical format. Technical support Form Technical support Form Technical support Form Technical support Form Technical support Form Displays the ASUS Technical Support Request Form that you have to fill out when requesting technical support.
5-8 5-8 5-8 5-8 5-8 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Filelist Filelist Filelist Filelist Filelist Displays the contents of the support CD and a brief description of each in text format.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 5-9 5-9 5-9 5-9 5-9 5.3 Software information Most of the applications in the support CD have wizards that will conveniently guide you through the installation. View the online help or readme file that came with the software application for more information. 5.3.1 5.3.1 5.3.1 5.3.1 5.3.1 ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠ASUS MyLogo2⢠The ASUS MyLogo2⢠utility lets you customize the boot logo. The boot logo is the image that appears on screen during the Power-On Self-Tests (POST). The ASUS MyLogo2⢠is automatically installed when you install the ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update ASUS Update utility from the support CD. See section âÂÂ5.2.3 Utilities menuâ for details. To launch the ASUS MyLogo2â¢: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility. Refer to section âÂÂ4.1.5 ASUS Update utilityâ for details. 2. Select Options Options Options Options Options from the drop down menu, then click Next Next Next Next Next . 3. Check the option Launch MyLogo to replace system boot Launch MyLogo to replace system boot Launch MyLogo to replace system boot Launch MyLogo to replace system boot Launch MyLogo to replace system boot logo before flashing BIOS logo before flashing BIOS logo before flashing BIOS logo before flashing BIOS logo before flashing BIOS , then click Next Next Next Next Next . 4. Select Update BIOS from a file Update BIOS from a file Update BIOS from a file Update BIOS from a file Update BIOS from a file from the drop down menu, then click Next Next Next Next Next . 5. When prompted, locate the new BIOS file, then click Next Next Next Next Next . The ASUS MyLogo2 window appears. 6. From the left window pane, select the folder that contains the image you intend to use as your boot logo. ⢠Before using the ASUS MyLogo2â¢, use the AWDFLASH utility to make a copy of your original BIOS file, or obtain the latest BIOS version from the ASUS website. See section âÂÂ4.1.2 Updating the BIOSâÂÂ. ⢠Make sure that the BIOS item Full Screen Logo Full Screen Logo Full Screen Logo Full Screen Logo Full Screen Logo i s set to [Enabled] if you wish to use ASUS MyLogo2. See section âÂÂ4.6.5 Boot Settings ConfigurationâÂÂ. ⢠You can create your own boot logo image in GIF, JPG, or BMP file formats.
5-10 5-10 5-10 5-10 5-10 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 9. When the screen returns to the ASUS Update utility, flash the original BIOS to load the new boot logo. 10. After flashing the BIOS, restart the computer to display the new boot logo during POST. 8. Adjust the boot image to your desired size by selecting a value on the Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio box. 7. When the logo images appear on the right window pane, select an image to enlarge by clicking on it.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 5-11 5-11 5-11 5-11 5-11 3. Click the Run Run Run Run Run button to perform a cable test. 5.3.2 5.3.2 5.3.2 5.3.2 5.3.2 AI NET 2 AI NET 2 AI NET 2 AI NET 2 AI NET 2 The Marvell î Virtual Cable Tester⢠(VCT) is a cable diagnostic utility that reports LAN cable faults and shorts using the Time Domain Reflectometry (TDR) technology. The VCT detects and reports open and shorted cables, impedance mismatches, pair swaps, pair polarity problems, and pair skew problems of up to 100 meters at one meter accuracy. The VCT feature reduces networking and support costs through a highly manageable and controlled network system. This utility can be incorporated in the network systems sofware for ideal field support as well as development diagnostics. Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠Using the Virtual Cable Tester⢠To use the the Marvell î Virtual Cable Tester⢠utility: 1. Launch the VCT utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester Start > All Programs > Marvell > Virtual Cable Tester . 2. Click Virtual Cable Virtual Cable Virtual Cable Virtual Cable Virtual Cable Tester Tester Tester Tester Tester from the menu to display the screen below. ⢠The VCT only runs on systems with Windows î XP or Windows î 2000 operating systems. ⢠The Run Run Run Run Run button on the Virtual Cable Tester⢠main window is disabled if no problem is detected on the LAN cable(s) connected to the LAN port(s). ⢠If you want the system to check the LAN cable before entering the OS, enable the POST Check LAN cable POST Check LAN cable POST Check LAN cable POST Check LAN cable POST Check LAN cable item in the BIOS. See section âÂÂ4.4.7 LAN Cable Statusâ for details.
5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-12 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.3.3 5.3.3 5.3.3 5.3.3 5.3.3 Audio configurations Audio configurations Audio configurations Audio configurations Audio configurations The Realtek î ALC850 AC âÂÂ97 audio CODEC provides 8-channel audio capability to deliver the ultimate audio experience on your PC. The software provides Jack-Sensing function (Line-In, Line-Out, Mic-In), S/PDIF out support and interrupt capability. The ALC850 also includes the Realtek î proprietary UAJ î (Universal Audio Jack) technology for three ports (Line-In, Line-Out and Mic-In), eliminating cable connection errors and giving users plug and play convenience. Follow the installation wizard to install the Realtek ALC850 Audio Realtek ALC850 Audio Realtek ALC850 Audio Realtek ALC850 Audio Realtek ALC850 Audio Driver and Application Driver and Application Driver and Application Driver and Application Driver and Application from the support CD that came with the motherboard package. If the Realtek audio software is correctly installed, you will find the SoundEffect icon on the taskbar. From the taskbar, double-click on the SoundEffect SoundEffect SoundEffect SoundEffect SoundEffect icon to display the Realtek Realtek Realtek Realtek Realtek Audio Control Panel Audio Control Panel Audio Control Panel Audio Control Panel Audio Control Panel . Sound Effect options Sound Effect options Sound Effect options Sound Effect options Sound Effect options The Realtek î ALC850 Audio CODEC allows you to set your listening environment, adjust the equalizer, set the karaoke, or select pre-programmed equalizer settings for your listening pleasure. The Jack-sensing and UAJ î technology features are supported on the Line-In, Line-Out, and Mic jacks only. Realtek SoundEffect icon Realtek SoundEffect icon Realtek SoundEffect icon Realtek SoundEffect icon Realtek SoundEffect icon
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 5-13 5-13 5-13 5-13 5-13 S/PDIF option S/PDIF option S/PDIF option S/PDIF option S/PDIF option The Sony/Philips Digital Interface (S/PDIF) options allows you to change your S/PDIF output settings. To set the S/PDIF options: 1. From the Realtek Audio Control Panel, click the SPDIF SPDIF SPDIF SPDIF SPDIF button. 2. Click the option buttons to change your S/PDIF out settings. 3. Click the Exit ( X X X X X) button on the upper-right hand corner of the window to exit. To set the sound effect options: 1. From the Realtek Audio Control Panel, click the Sound Effect Sound Effect Sound Effect Sound Effect Sound Effect button. 2. Click the shortcut buttons to change the acoustic environment, adjust the equalizer, or set the karaoke to your desired settings. 3. The audio settings take effect immediately after you click on the buttons. 4. Click the Exit ( X X X X X) button on the upper-right hand corner of the window to exit.
5-14 5-14 5-14 5-14 5-14 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Speaker Configuration Speaker Configuration Speaker Configuration Speaker Configuration Speaker Configuration This option allows you to set your speaker configuration. To set the speaker configuration: 1. From the Realtek Audio Control Panel, click the Speaker Speaker Speaker Speaker Speaker Configuration Configuration Configuration Configuration Configuration button. 2. Select from the combo list box your current speaker setup, then click Auto Test Auto Test Auto Test Auto Test Auto Test t o test your settings. 3. Click the UAJ Automatic UAJ Automatic UAJ Automatic UAJ Automatic UAJ Automatic button to enable or disable the Universal Audio Jack(UAJ î ) technology feature. 4. Click the Exit ( X X X X X) button on the upper-right hand corner of the window to exit.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 5-15 5-15 5-15 5-15 5-15 5. When finished, the utility prompts the Realtek î EZ-connection dialog box showing your current audio connections. The text at the bottom of the box explains your audio connection status. An X mark denotes an incorrect connection. AI Audio feature AI Audio feature AI Audio feature AI Audio feature AI Audio feature The AI Audio feature works through the connector sensing option that allows you to check if your audio devices are connected properly. To start the connector sensing: 1. From the Realtek Audio Control Panel, click the Connector Sensing Connector Sensing Connector Sensing Connector Sensing Connector Sensing button. 2. Click the Bracket Bracket Bracket Bracket Bracket button to display connected audio devices. 3. Click the Option Option Option Option Option button to change sensing options. 4. Click the Start Start Start Start Start button to start connection sensing. A progress bar displays current connector sensing status. Make sure to exit all audio applications before starting this function.
5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 6. If there are detected problems, make sure that your audio cables are connected to the proper audio jack and repeat connector sensing. 7. Click the X X X X X button to exit EZ-connection dialog box. 8. Click the Exit ( X X X X X) button on the upper-right hand corner of the window to exit audio control panel. HRTF Demo HRTF Demo HRTF Demo HRTF Demo HRTF Demo This option shows a demo of the Head-Related Transfer Functions (HRTF). To start the HRTF demo: 1. From the Realtek Audio Control Panel, click the HRTF Demo HRTF Demo HRTF Demo HRTF Demo HRTF Demo button. 2. Click the option buttons to change the sound, moving path or EAX settings. 3. Click the Play Play Play Play Play button to start or the Stop Stop Stop Stop Stop button to stop. 4. Click the Exit ( X X X X X) button on the upper-right hand corner of the window to exit.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 5-17 5-17 5-17 5-17 5-17 Rear panel audio ports function variation Rear panel audio ports function variation Rear panel audio ports function variation Rear panel audio ports function variation Rear panel audio ports function variation The functions of the Line Out (lime), Line In (blue), Mic (pink), Rear Speaker Out (gray), Side Speaker Out (black), and Center/Subwoofer (yellow orange) ports on the rear panel change when you select the 4-channel, 6-channel or 8-channel audio configurations. See the 8, 6, 4 or 2-channel speaker configuration on page 2-23. General settings General settings General settings General settings General settings This option shows the audio settings and allows you to change the language setting or toggle the SoundEffect icon display on the Windows taskbar. To display the general settings: 1. From the Realtek Audio Control Panel, click the General General General General General button. 2. Click the option button to enable or disable the icon display on the Windows taskbar. 3. Click the Language Language Language Language Language combo list box to change language display. 4. Click the Exit ( X X X X X) button on the upper-right hand corner of the window to exit.
5-18 5-18 5-18 5-18 5-18 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.4 RAID configurations The motherboard comes with the VIA VT8237R Southbridge RAID controller that allows you to configure Serial ATA hard disk drives as RAID sets. The motherboard supports the following RAID configurations. RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 0 (Data striping) optimizes two identical hard disk drives to read and write data in parallel, interleaved stacks. Two hard disks perform the same work as a single drive but at a sustained data transfer rate, double that of a single disk alone, thus improving data access and storage. Use of two new identical hard disk drives is required for this setup. RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 (Data mirroring) copies and maintains an identical image of data from one drive to a second drive. If one drive fails, the disk array management software directs all applications to the surviving drive as it contains a complete copy of the data in the other drive. This RAID configuration provides data protection and increases fault tolerance to the entire system. Use two new drives or use an existing drive and a new drive for this setup. The new drive must be of the same size or larger than the existing drive. If you want to boot the system from a hard disk drive included in a RAID set, copy first the RAID driver from the support CD to a floppy disk before you install an operating system to a selected hard disk drive. Refer to section âÂÂ5.5 Creating a RAID driver diskâ for details. 5.4.1 5.4.1 5.4.1 5.4.1 5.4.1 Installing hard disks Installing hard disks Installing hard disks Installing hard disks Installing hard disks The motherboard supports Serial ATA hard disk drives. For optimal performance, install identical drives of the same model and capacity when creating a disk array. Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks Installing Serial ATA (SATA) hard disks To install the SATA hard disks for a RAID configuration: 1. Install the SATA hard disks into the drive bays. 2. Connect the SATA signal cables. 3. Connect a SATA power cable to the power connector on each drive.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 5-19 5-19 5-19 5-19 5-19 Entering VIA Tech RAID BIOS Utility Entering VIA Tech RAID BIOS Utility Entering VIA Tech RAID BIOS Utility Entering VIA Tech RAID BIOS Utility Entering VIA Tech RAID BIOS Utility 1. Boot-up your computer. 2. During POST, press <Tab> to enter VIA RAID configuration utility. The following menu options will appear. On the upper-right side of the screen is the message and legend box. The keys on the legend box allows you to navigate through the setup menu options. The message describes the function of each menu item. The following lists the keys found in the legend box with their corresponding functions. <F1> <F1> <F1> <F1> <F1> : View Array/Disk Status â , , , , , â : Move to the next item <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> : Confirm the selection <ESC> <ESC> <ESC> <ESC> <ESC> : Exit The RAID BIOS information on the setup screen shown below is for reference only. What you see on your screen may not exactly match what is shown here. 5.4.2 5.4.2 5.4.2 5.4.2 5.4.2 VIA RAID configurations VIA RAID configurations VIA RAID configurations VIA RAID configurations VIA RAID configurations The motherboard includes a high performance IDE RAID controller integrated in the VIA VT8237R southbridge chipset. It supports RAID 0 and RAID 1 with two independent Serial ATA channels. Create Array Delete Array Create/Delete Spare Select Boot Array Serial Number View VIA Tech. RAID BIOS Ver 1.xx Create a RAID array with the hard disks attached to VIA RAID controller F1 : View Array/Disk Status â , â : Move to next item Enter : Confirm the selection ESC : Exit Channel Drive Name Array Name Mode Size(GB) Status Serial_Ch0 Master XXXXXXXXXXX ARRAY 0 SATA 999.99 XXXXXXX Serial_Ch1 Master XXXXXXXXXXX ARRAY 0 SATA 999.99 XXXXXXX
5-20 5-20 5-20 5-20 5-20 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Create Array Create Array Create Array Create Array Create Array 1. From the VIA RAID BIOS utility main menu, select Create Array Create Array Create Array Create Array Create Array then press <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> . The main menu items on the upper-left corner of the screen are replaced with create array menu options. RAID 0 for performance RAID 0 for performance RAID 0 for performance RAID 0 for performance RAID 0 for performance 1. From the create array menu, select Array Mode Array Mode Array Mode Array Mode Array Mode , then press <Enter>. The supported RAID configurations appear on a pop-up menu. 2. Select RAID 0 for performance RAID 0 for performance RAID 0 for performance RAID 0 for performance RAID 0 for performance then press <Enter>. From this point, you may choose to auto-configure the RAID array by selecting Auto Setup for Performance Auto Setup for Performance Auto Setup for Performance Auto Setup for Performance Auto Setup for Performance o r manually configure the RAID array for stripped sets. If you want to auto-configure, proceed to the next step, otherwise, skip to step 5. 3. Select Auto Setup for Performance Auto Setup for Performance Auto Setup for Performance Auto Setup for Performance Auto Setup for Performance and press <Enter>. The following confirmation message appears. RAID 1 for data protection RAID 0/1 RAID SPAN for capacity RAID 0 for performance Auto create array will destroy all data on disks, Continue? (Y/N) Auto Setup For Data Security Array Mode RAID 1 (Mirroring) Select Disk Drives Start Create Process VIA Tech. RAID BIOS Ver 1.xx Create a RAID array with the hard disks attached to VIA RAID controller F1 : View Array/Disk Status â , â : Move to next item Enter : Confirm the selection ESC : Exit Channel Drive Name Array Name Mode Size(GB) Status Serial_Ch0 Master XXXXXXXXXXX ARRAY 0 SATA 999.99 XXXXXXX Serial_Ch1 Master XXXXXXXXXXX ARRAY 0 SATA 999.99 XXXXXXX
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 5-21 5-21 5-21 5-21 5-21 Use arrow keys to move selection bar on items and press <Enter> to select. 7. Select Start Create Process Start Create Process Start Create Process Start Create Process Start Create Process and press <Enter> to set up hard disk for RAID system. The following confirmation message appears: 8. Press <Y> to confirm or <N> to return to the configuration options. 9. Press <Esc> to go back to main menu. RAID 1 for data protection RAID 1 for data protection RAID 1 for data protection RAID 1 for data protection RAID 1 for data protection 1. From the create array menu, select Array Mode Array Mode Array Mode Array Mode Array Mode , then press <Enter>. The supported RAID configurations appear on a pop-up menu. The data on the selected disks will be destroyed. Continue? (Y/N) 4K 8K 16K 32K 64K RAID 0 for performance RAID 1 for data protection RAID 0/1 RAID SPAN for capacity RAID 1 for data protection TIP: TIP: TIP: TIP: TIP: For server systems, use of a lower array block size is recommended. For multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing, a higher array block size is recommended for optimum performance. 4. Press <Y> to confirm or <N> to return to the configuration options. If you selected <Y>, proceed to step 9. 5. Select Select Disk Drives Select Disk Drives Select Disk Drives Select Disk Drives Select Disk Drives , then press <Enter>. Use arrow keys to select disk drive, then press <Enter> to mark selected drive. An asterisk appears before a selected drive. 6. Select Block Size Block Size Block Size Block Size Block Size , then press <Enter> to set array block size. A list of valid array block sizes are displayed on a pop-up menu. 2. Select RAID 1 for data protection RAID 1 for data protection RAID 1 for data protection RAID 1 for data protection RAID 1 for data protection then press <Enter>.
5-22 5-22 5-22 5-22 5-22 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 8. If you select <Y> the utility will duplicate your data. Press <Y> anytime if you want to exit the duplication process. 3. From this point, you can auto-configure the RAID array by selecting Auto Setup for Data Security Auto Setup for Data Security Auto Setup for Data Security Auto Setup for Data Security Auto Setup for Data Security o r manually configure the RAID array for mirrored sets. If you want to auto-configure, proceed to the next step, otherwise, skip to step 6. 4. Select Auto Setup for Data Security Auto Setup for Data Security Auto Setup for Data Security Auto Setup for Data Security Auto Setup for Data Security and press <Enter>. The following confirmation message appears. The data on the selected disks will be destroyed. Continue? (Y/N) 10. Press <Y> to confirm or <N> to return to the configuration options. 11. Press <Esc> to go back to main menu. Auto create array will destroy all data on disks, Continue? (Y/N) 5. Press <Y> to confirm or <N> to return to the configuration options. If you selected <Y>, proceed to step 11. 6. Select Select Disk Drives Select Disk Drives Select Disk Drives Select Disk Drives Select Disk Drives , then press <Enter>. Use arrow keys to select disk drive/s, then press <Enter>. An asterisk appears before a selected drive. 7. Select Start Create Process Start Create Process Start Create Process Start Create Process Start Create Process and press <Enter> to setup hard disk for RAID system. The following inquiry appears: Save the data on source disk to mirror after creation? (Y/N) Duplicating... RAID 1 for data protection Press Yes(Y) to Escape 9. If you select <N>, the following confirmation message appears.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 5-23 5-23 5-23 5-23 5-23 RAID Span for capacity RAID Span for capacity RAID Span for capacity RAID Span for capacity RAID Span for capacity 1. From the create array menu, select Array Mode Array Mode Array Mode Array Mode Array Mode , then press <Enter>. The supported RAID configurations appear on a pop-up menu. 2. Select RAID SPAN for capacity RAID SPAN for capacity RAID SPAN for capacity RAID SPAN for capacity RAID SPAN for capacity then press <Enter>. 3. From this point, you can auto-configure the RAID array by selecting Auto Setup for Capacity Auto Setup for Capacity Auto Setup for Capacity Auto Setup for Capacity Auto Setup for Capacity o r manually configure the RAID array for spanned sets. If you want to auto-configure, continue with next step; otherwise, proceed to step 6. 4. Select Auto Setup for Capacity Auto Setup for Capacity Auto Setup for Capacity Auto Setup for Capacity Auto Setup for Capacity and press <Enter>. The following confirmation message appears. RAID 0 for performance RAID 1 for data protection RAID 0/1 RAID SPAN for capacity RAID SPAN for capacity Auto create array will destroy all data on disks, Continue? (Y/N) 5. Press <Y> to confirm or <N> to return to the configuration options. If you selected <Y>, proceed to step 11. 6. Select Select Disk Drives Select Disk Drives Select Disk Drives Select Disk Drives Select Disk Drives , then press <Enter>. Use arrow keys to select disk drive/s, then press <Enter>. An asterisk appears before a selected drive. 7. Select Start Create Process Start Create Process Start Create Process Start Create Process Start Create Process and press <Enter> to start RAID system setup. The following inquiry appears: 8. If you select <Y>, the utility will save your disk data on Span 0 disk then configure the RAID set. Proceed to step 11. 9. If you select <N>, the following confirmation message appears. The data on the selected disks will be destroyed. Continue? (Y/N) Save the data on Span 0 disk after creation? (Y/N)
5-24 5-24 5-24 5-24 5-24 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Delete Array Delete Array Delete Array Delete Array Delete Array 1. From the VIA RAID BIOS utility main menu, select Delete Array Delete Array Delete Array Delete Array Delete Array then press <Enter>. 3. Press <Y> to confirm or <N> to return to the configuration options. The selected array will be destroyed. Are you sure? Continue? Press Y/N 10. Press <Y> to confirm or <N> to return to the configuration options. 11. Press <Esc> to go back to main menu. Select Boot Array Select Boot Array Select Boot Array Select Boot Array Select Boot Array 1. From the VIA RAID BIOS utility main menu, select Select Boot Select Boot Select Boot Select Boot Select Boot Array Array Array Array Array then press <Enter>. 2. From the list of channel used for IDE RAID arrays, press <Enter> to select a RAID array for boot. After selection, the Status Status Status Status Status o f t h e selected array will change to Boot. 3. Press <ESC> to return to the menu items. Follow the same procedure to deselect the the boot array. 2. From the list of channel used for IDE RAID arrays, press <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> <Enter> t o select a RAID array to delete. The following confirmation message appears. Create Array Delete Array Create/Delete Spare Select Boot Array Serial Number View VIA Tech. RAID BIOS Ver 1.xx Create a RAID array with the hard disks attached to VIA RAID controller F1 : View Array/Disk Status â , â : Move to next item Enter : Confirm the selection ESC : Exit Channel Drive Name Array Name Mode Size(GB) Status [ ]Serial_Ch0 Master XXXXXXXXXXX ARRAY 0 SATA 999.99 XXXXXXX [ ]Serial_Ch1 Master XXXXXXXXXXX ARRAY 0 SATA 999.99 XXXXXXX
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 5-25 5-25 5-25 5-25 5-25 Serial Number View Serial Number View Serial Number View Serial Number View Serial Number View 1. From the VIA RAID BIOS utility main menu, select Serial Number Serial Number Serial Number Serial Number Serial Number View View View View View then press <Enter>. 2. From the list of channel used for IDE RAID arrays, use the arrow keys to move the selection bar on each item. The serial number for the selected drive is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Create Array Delete Array Create/Delete Spare Select Boot Array Serial Number View VIA Tech. RAID BIOS Ver 1.xx Create a RAID array with the hard disks attached to VIA RAID controller F1 : View Array/Disk Status â , â : Move to next item Enter : Confirm the selection ESC : Exit Channel Drive Name Array Name Mode Size(GB) Status Serial_Ch0 Master XXXXXXXXXXX ARRAY 0 SATA 999.99 XXXXXXX Serial_Ch1 Master XXXXXXXXXXX ARRAY 0 SATA 999.99 XXXXXXX Serial Number: XXXXXXXX Serial_Ch0 Master This option is useful for identifying same model disks.
5-26 5-26 5-26 5-26 5-26 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk A floppy disk with the RAID driver is required when installing Windows î 2000/XP operating system on a hard disk drive that is included in a RAID set. To create a RAID driver disk: 1. Place the motherboard support CD into the CD-ROM drive. 2. When the Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers Drivers menu appears, click Make VIA 6420 RAID Make VIA 6420 RAID Make VIA 6420 RAID Make VIA 6420 RAID Make VIA 6420 RAID Driver Disk Driver Disk Driver Disk Driver Disk Driver Disk t o create a VIA RAID driver disk Or Browse the contents of the support CD to locate the driver disk utility and go to \Drivers\VIARAID\6420RAID \Drivers\VIARAID\6420RAID \Drivers\VIARAID\6420RAID \Drivers\VIARAID\6420RAID \Drivers\VIARAID\6420RAID for the VIA RAID driver disk utility 3 Insert floppy disk to floppy disk drive. 5. Follow succeeding screen information to complete process. 6. Write-protect the floppy disk to avoid computer virus infection. To install the RAID driver: 1. During the OS installation, the system prompts you to press the F6 key to install third-party SCSI or RAID driver. 2. Press <F6> then insert the floppy disk with RAID driver into the floppy disk drive. 3. Follow the succeeding screen instructions to complete the installation. Refer to section âÂÂ5.2.2 Drivers menuâ for details.
ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe ASUS A8V-E Deluxe 5-27 5-27 5-27 5-27 5-27 5.6 Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology The motherboard supports the AMD Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology that dynamically and automatically change the CPU speed, voltage, and amount of power depending on the task the CPU performs. 5.6.1 5.6.1 5.6.1 5.6.1 5.6.1 Enabling Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology Enabling Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology Enabling Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology Enabling Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology Enabling Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology To enable Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠Technology: 1. Turn on the system and enter BIOS by pressing the <Del> key during the Power On Self-Tests (POST). 2. In the Advanced > CPU Configuration > AMD CPU Cool & Advanced > CPU Configuration > AMD CPU Cool & Advanced > CPU Configuration > AMD CPU Cool & Advanced > CPU Configuration > AMD CPU Cool & Advanced > CPU Configuration > AMD CPU Cool & Quiet Configuration Quiet Configuration Quiet Configuration Quiet Configuration Quiet Configuration menu, select the item Cool NâÂÂQuiet Cool NâÂÂQuiet Cool NâÂÂQuiet Cool NâÂÂQuiet Cool NâÂÂQuiet and set it to Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled . See section âÂÂ4.4 Advanced Menuâ in the user guide. 3. In the Power Power Power Power Power menu, select the item ACPI 2.0 Support ACPI 2.0 Support ACPI 2.0 Support ACPI 2.0 Support ACPI 2.0 Support and set it to Yes Yes Yes Yes Ye s. See section âÂÂ4.5 Power Menuâ in the user guide. 4. Save your changes and exit BIOS Setup. 5. Reboot your computer and set your Power Option Properties depending on your operating system. Windows Windows Windows Windows Windows î î î î î 2000/XP 2000/XP 2000/XP 2000/XP 2000/XP 1. From the Windows î 2000/XP operating system, click the Start Start Start Start Start button. Select Settings Settings Settings Settings Settings , then Control Panel Control Panel Control Panel Control Panel Control Panel . 2. Make sure the Control Panel is set to Classic View. 3. Double-click the Display Display Display Display Display icon in the Control Panel then select the Screen Saver Screen Saver Screen Saver Screen Saver Screen Saver tab. 4. Click the Power... Power... Power... Power... Power... button. The following dialog box appears. 5. From the Power schemes Power schemes Power schemes Power schemes Power schemes combo list box, select Minimal Minimal Minimal Minimal Minimal Power Management Power Management Power Management Power Management Power Management . 6. Click OK OK OK OK OK to effect settings. Make sure to install the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠driver and application before using this feature.
5-28 5-28 5-28 5-28 5-28 Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support Chapter 5: Software support 5.6.2 5.6.2 5.6.2 5.6.2 5.6.2 Launching the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠software Launching the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠software Launching the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠software Launching the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠software Launching the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠software The motherboard support CD includes the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠software that enables you to view your systemâÂÂs real-time CPU Frequency and voltage. To launch the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠program: 1. If you are using Windows î 2000, click the Start Start Start Start Start button. Select Programs > ASUS > Cool & Quiet > Cool & Quiet. Programs > ASUS > Cool & Quiet > Cool & Quiet. Programs > ASUS > Cool & Quiet > Cool & Quiet. Programs > ASUS > Cool & Quiet > Cool & Quiet. Programs > ASUS > Cool & Quiet > Cool & Quiet. 2. If you are using Windows î XP, click the Start Start Start Start Start button. Select All All All All All Programs > ASUS > Cool & Quiet > Cool & Quiet. Programs > ASUS > Cool & Quiet > Cool & Quiet. Programs > ASUS > Cool & Quiet > Cool & Quiet. Programs > ASUS > Cool & Quiet > Cool & Quiet. Programs > ASUS > Cool & Quiet > Cool & Quiet. 3. The Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠technology screen appears and displays the current CPU Frequency and CPU Voltage. Make sure to install the Cool âÂÂnâ Quiet!⢠software from the motherboard support CD. Refer to section âÂÂ5.2.3 Utilities menuâÂÂ, for details.